24 - wiring diagram

283
If you paid for the content in this manual – you were screwed! Download this and more for free using BitTorrent! NOTICE When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal, installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repair manuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraint system malfunction. 2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U) 1 FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide information on the electrical system of the 2002 4RUNNER. Applicable models: VZN180, 185 Series For service specifications and repair procedures of the above models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the following manuals; Manual Name Pub. No. D 2002 4RUNNER Repair Manual Volume 1 Volume 2 D 2002 TOYOTA New Car Features RM887U1 RM887U2 NCF214U All information in this manual is based on the latest product information at the time of publication. However, specifications and procedures are subject to change without notice.

Upload: daniboy1994

Post on 01-Jan-2016

369 views

Category:

Documents


11 download

DESCRIPTION

wiring

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

NOTICEWhen handling supplemental restraint system components (removal,installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repairmanuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraintsystem malfunction.

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

1

FOREWORD

This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide

information on the electrical system of the 2002 4RUNNER.

Applicable models: VZN180, 185 Series

For service specifications and repair procedures of the above

models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the

following manuals;

Manual Name Pub. No. 2002 4RUNNER Repair Manual

Volume 1Volume 2

2002 TOYOTA New Car Features

RM887U1RM887U2

NCF214U

All information in this manual is based on the latest product

information at the time of publication. However, specifications

and procedures are subject to change without notice.

Page 2: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

2

A INTRODUCTION

This manual consists of the following 13 sections:

No. Section Description

AINDEX Index of the contents of this manual.

AINTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section.

B HOW TO USE THISMANUAL Instructions on how to use this manual.

C TROUBLE-SHOOTING Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.

D ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.

EGLOSSARY OFTERMS ANDSYMBOLS

Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.

F RELAY LOCATIONS Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.

G ELECTRICALWIRING ROUTING

Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.

INDEX Index of the system circuits.

HSYSTEM CIRCUITS

Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through groundpoints. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and classified by codeaccording to the connection method. (Refer to the section, ”How to use this manual”).The ”System Outline” and ”Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also containedin this section.

I GROUND POINT Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual.

J POWER SOURCE(Current Flow Chart) Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical loads.

K CONNECTOR LIST Describes the form of the connectors for the parts appeared in this book.This section is closely related to the system circuit.

L PART NUMBER OFCONNECTORS Indicates the part number of the connectors used in this manual.

MOVERALLELECTRICALWIRING DIAGRAM

Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.

Page 3: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

3

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL B

This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles bydividing them into a circuit for each system.

The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the powersource is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuitdiagrams are shown with the switches in the OFF position.)

When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuitwhere the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power sourcesupplying power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points(see Ground Point section). See the System Outline to understand the circuitoperation.

When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problemcircuit to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wiring Routingsections to find each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiringharness and wiring harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of eachsystem circuit. Internal wiring for each junction block is also provided for betterunderstanding of connection within a junction block.Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows(from__, to__). When overall connections are required, see the Overall ElectricalWiring Diagram at the end of this manual.

Page 4: 24 - Wiring Diagram

@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

ÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀ

W-R

7. 5AGAUGE

1

2

3

4

487

2 1 11

13

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

B18

BL

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)

R-L

R-L

G

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

Y-G

R

L 4

H17

R 6

DELAYCIRCUIT

S 6

B18

3

4

R 7

BV11

G-W

G-R

G-R

G-R

G-R

G-W

G-W

(W/G

)

(S/D

)(S

/D)

C 7

(SHIELDED)

BV11

I 5

LL

STOP LIGHT

15

7

TO ABS ECU

BO

50

15ASTOP

IB

IB

REAR LIGHTSWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

3C

3C

IE114

STOP LIGHT SW

ST

OP

LIG

HT

RH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

. LI

GH

T R

H]

ST

OP

LIG

HT

RH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

. LI

GH

T L

H]

HIGH MOUNTEDSTOP LIGHT

[A]

[B]

[I]

[D]

[F]

[H]

[E]

[J]

[M]

[N]

[K]

[L]

[G]

[C]

LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

4

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

∗ The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actualcircuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

Page 5: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

5

B

[A] : System Title

[B] : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used andonly the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish itfrom the J/BExample: Indicates Relay Block No.1

[C] : ( ) is used to indicate different wiring andconnector, etc. when the vehicle model, enginetype, or specification is different.

[D] : Indicates related system.

[E] : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harnessconnector. The wiring harness with male terminal isshown with arrows ( ).Outside numerals are pin numbers.

Female Male ( )

The first letter of the code for each wiring harnessand wiring harness connector(s) indicates thecomponent’s location, e.g, ”E” for the EngineCompartment, ”I” for the Instrument Panel andSurrounding area, and ”B” for the Body andSurrounding area.

When more than one code has the first and secondletters in common, followed by numbers (e.g, IH1,IH2), this indicates the same type of wiring harnessand wiring harness connector.

[F] : Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue).The code is the same as the code used in partsposition.

[G] : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/BNo. and the connector code is shown beside it).Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separatethem from other parts.

3C indicatesthat it is insideJunction BlockNo.3

Example:

[H] : When 2 parts both use one connector in common,the parts connector name used in the wire routingsection is shown in square brackets [ ].

[I] : Indicates the wiring color.

Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.

B = Black W = White BR = Brown

L = Blue V = Violet SB = Sky Blue

R = Red G = Green LG = Light Green

P = Pink Y = Yellow GR = Gray

O = Orange

The first letter indicates the basic wire color and thesecond letter indicates the color of the stripe.

Example: L - Y

L(Blue)

Y(Yellow)

[J] : Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are ”E” for theEngine Room, ”I” for the Instrument Panel, and ”B”for the Body).

The Location of splice Point I 5 is indicated by theshaded section.

[K] : Indicates a shielded cable.

[L] : Indicates the pin number of the connector.The numbering system is different for female andmale connectors.

Example: Numbered in orderfrom upper left tolower right

Numbered in orderfrom upper right tolower left

Female Male

[M] : Indicates a ground point.

The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)indicates the component’s location, e.g, ”E” for theEngine Compartment, ”I” for the Instrument Paneland Surrounding area, and ”B” for the Body andSurrounding area.

[N] : Page No.

Page 6: 24 - Wiring Diagram

[O]

[P]

[Q]

[R]

[S]

[T]

[U]

[V]

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

6

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

Current is applied at all times through the STOP fuse to TERMINAL 2 of the stop light SW.When the ignition SW is turned on, current flows from the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor, and also flowsthrough the rear lights warning light to TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor.

STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNINGWhen the ignition SW is turned on and the brake pedal is pressed (Stop light SW on), if the stop light circuit is open, the currentflowing from TERMINAL 7 of the light failure sensor to TERMINALS 1, 2 changes, so the light failure sensor detects thedisconnection and the warning circuit of the light failure sensor is activated.As a result, the current flows from TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor to TERMINAL 11 to GROUND and turns the rear lightswarning light on. By pressing the brake pedal, the current flowing to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor keeps the warningcircuit on and holds the warning light on until the ignition SW is turned off.

S6 STOP LIGHT SW2-1 : Closed with the brake pedal depressed

L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR1, 2, 7-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the stop light SW on

4, 8-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position11-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C7 34 L4 36 R7 37

H17 36 R6 37 S6 35

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 18 R/B No.1 (Instrument Panel Left)

@@@@@@@@@

ÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀ

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB 20 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3C 22 Instrument Panel Wire and J/B No.3 (Instrument Panel Left Side)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE1 42 Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)

BV1 50 Luggage Room Wire and Floor Wire (Luggage Compartment Left)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

BL 50 Under the Left Quarter Pillar

BO 50 Back Panel Center

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I5 44 Cowl Wire B18 50 Luggage Room Wire

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 7: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

7

B

[O] : Explains the system outline.

[P] : Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.

[Q] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.

Example : Part ”L4” (Light Failure Sensor) is on page 36 of the manual.∗ The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order in parts

starting with that letter.Example : L 4 Á

ÁParts is 4th in orderLight Failure Sensor

[R] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the system circuit.

Example : Connector ”1” is described on page 18 of this manual and is installed on the left side of the instrumentpanel.

[S] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system circuit.

Example : Connector ”3C” connects the Instrument Panel Wire and J/B No.3. It is described on page 22 of thismanual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.

[T] : Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female wiringharness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).

Example : Connector ”IE1” connects the floor wire (female) and Instrument panel wire (male). It is described onpage 42 of this manual, and is installed on the left side kick panel.

[U] : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.

Example : Ground point ”BO” is described on page 50 of this manual and is installed on the back panel center.

[V] : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.

Example : Splice point ”I5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 44 of this manual.

Page 8: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

8

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. Whentroubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identifythe problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( EA , IB and IC shown below) can also bechecked this way.

I GROUND POINTFAN MAIN RELAY

FAN MAIN RELAY

A/C FAN RELAY NO.2

A/C FAN RELAY NO.3

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

RETRACT CONTROLRELAY

RETRACT MOTOR RH

RETRACT MOTOR LH

FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH

PARKING LIGHT RH

FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT LH

PARKING LIGHT LH

DOOR LOCK CONTROLSW RH

DOOR KEY LOCKSW RH

DOOR LOCK MOTORRH

BLOWER RESISTOR

A/C AMPLIFIER

RADIO AND PLAYER

HEATER RELAY

AUTO ANTENNAMOTOR

BLOWER SW

PARKING BRAKE SW

COMBINATION METER

HORN SW [COMB. SW]

TURN SIGNAL FLASHER

DOOR KEY LOCK SW LH

DOOR LOCK MOTOR LH

FUEL CONTROL SW

WOOFER AMPLIFIER

COMBINATION METER

COMBINATION METER

FUEL SENDER

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

O/D MAIN SW

CLOCK

5

5

5

5

4

4

4

4

4BA15

IB18

EA210

3E5

3E6

3G13

3F3

3D1

3B7

ID115

IC33

IA12

E 3

A

AA

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B W-B W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B W-B

W-B

BR

W-B

BR BR

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

BR

W-B

BRBR

BR

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

BR

W-B (4A-GZE)

W-B

A

A

A

I 6

I 6

I 2

I 2

I 2

B 5I 5

I 5

I 5

B 5

B 5

B 5

I 5

I 5

I 3I 3

E 3

E 3

E 3

E 2

E 4

E 5

E 4

E 5

E 6E 4

E 4

B 4

EA

I 4

B 4

B 4

I 4 I 8

IB IC

3C7

4

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

4

DOOR LOCK CONTROLRELAY

ELECTRICAL IDLE−UPCUT RELAY (M/T)

FRONT SIDE MARKERLIGHT RH

FRONT SIDE MARKERLIGHT LH

BRAKE FLUID LEVELWARNING SW

UNLOCK WARNINGSW

WIPER AND WASHERSW [COMB. SW]

LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

HEATER CONTROLASSEMBLY

HEATER SERVOMOTOR AMPLIFIER

DIMMER SW[COMB. SW]

CRUISE CONTROLMIRROR SW

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER SW

POWER WINDOWMASTER SW

POWER WINDOWCONTROL RELAY

DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW

∗ The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

Page 9: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

9

B

The ”Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each systemare explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fullyunderstood.

Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

J POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

11

1

EA11EA23

7

EB16

E 6

E 7 I 2 I 2

I 2

E 7

E 7

E 7

2

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

B

B

WW

BB

BB

B

W-B

B

B

B

B-O

B-W

W-B

B-W

STARTER RELAY

INJECTION RELAY

15A HAZ-RADIO

7.5A AM2

50A MAIN

1.25B FL MAIN

BATTERY

W W W

W

W

W

R

W-L

WW

G-W

G

15A TAIL

20A DEFOG

15A RAD CIG

TAILRELAY

7.5A DOME

40A DOOR LOCK CB

21

12

48

23

34

G

W-R

P-L

B-Y

B-Y

W-R

AM

2IG

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

1W

W

W-R

W

W

W-B

2 1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

3

4

3

4

1

2

1

2

2

1

11

1

IGNITION SWI 8

Battery 30A AM2 2

Starter S 220A RADIO NO.1

10A HORN

15A EFI

7.5A DOMEShort Pin

10A HAZARD

The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source(Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.

Engine Room R/B (See Page 20)

ABSABS and Traction ControlCruise ControlElectronically Controlled Transmission and A/T IndicatorMultiplex Communication System

Cigarette Lighter and Clock

Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning

STOP

Fuse Page194

214

112

System

DOME

20A

10A

Combination MeterHeadlightInterior Light

2

2

6100A ALT

EB1

POWER SOURCELight Auto Turn Off

187180166210

230

122

10A ECU-B

560A ABS

2

6Fusible Link Block

2

∗ The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

Page 10: 24 - Wiring Diagram

BLACK

[D]

K CONNECTOR LIST

J4 K1 K2 L1

L2 L3 L4 M1 M2 M3

M4 N1 N2 O1 O2

DARK GRAY

GRAY

DARK GRAYBLACKGRAYGRAY

A B BA A B C C C

D DD D

AA

AA

AAA A 1

1 2 1 2

1 12 1

2

1 2 36 7 8 9 101112

4 5

71 23 45 6 8

4321

1 2 3 2 3 48 9 105 6

17

1 2 1 1

[A]

[C]

[B]J3

1 2 1 2

6 7 8

1 2A

A

A

AA AA B BA A B C C C

D DD D

I14 I15 I16 J1 J2DARK GRAY GRAY BLACK

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

10

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

[A] : Indicates connector to be connected to a part. (The numeral indicates the pin No.)

[B] : Junction ConnectorIndicates a connector which is connected to a short terminal.

Junction Connector

Short TerminalSame Color

Junction connector in this manual include a short terminal which isconnected to a number of wire harnesses. Always performinspection with the short terminal installed. (When installing thewire harnesses, the harnesses can be connected to any positionwithin the short terminal grouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles,the same position in the short terminal may be connected to a wireharness from a different part.)Wire harness sharing the same short terminal grouping have thesame color.

[C] : Parts CodeThe first letter of the code is taken from the first letter of part, and the numbers indicates its order in parts whichstart with the same letter.

[D] : Connector ColorConnectors not indicated are milky white in color.

Page 11: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

11

B

[A] : Part Code

[B] : Part Name

[C] : Part NumberToyota Part Number are indicated.

Not all of the above part numbers of the connector are established for the supply. In case of ordering a connectoror terminal with wire, please confirm in advance if there is supply for it using “Parts Catalog News” (published byParts Engineering Administration Dept.).

A 5ÁÁÁÁ

90980-11194

L PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORSCode Part Name Part Number Code Part Name Part Number

A 1

A 2

A 4

A 6

A 7

A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor

A/C Condenser Fan Motor

A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C Dual andSingle Pressure SW)

A/T Oil Temp. Sensor

ABS Actuator

ABS Actuator

90980-11070

90980-11237

90980-10943

90980-11413

90980-11151

D 4

D 5

D 6

D 7

D 8

D 9

D10

D11

Diode (Door Courtesy Light)

Diode (Key Off Operation)

Diode (Luggage Compartment Light)

Door Lock Control Relay

Door Courtesy Light LH

Door Courtesy Light RH

Door Courtesy SW LH

Door Courtesy SW RH

90980-11608

90980-10962

90980-11608

90980-10848

90980-11148

90980-11097

A 8 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH 90980-10941

A 9 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH

90980-11856A10 Airbag Sensor Front LH

A11 Airbag Sensor Front RH

D12 Door Courtesy SW Front LH

90980-11156D13 Door Courtesy SW Front RH

D14 Door Courtesy SW Rear LH

Door Courtesy SW Rear RHD15

[B] ÁÁÁÁ

[C]

A12 Auto Antenna Motor 90980-11194

A 3 A/C Condenser Fan Relay 90980-10940

[A]

90980-11009

90980-11002

D16

D17

Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH

Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH90980-11170

Page 12: 24 - Wiring Diagram

To Ignition SWIG Terminal

Fuse

VoltmeterSW 1

Relay

SW 2 Solenoid

[A]

[B]

[C]

Ohmmeter

SW

Ohmmeter

Diode

Digital Type Analog Type

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

12

C TROUBLESHOOTING

VOLTAGE CHECK

(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the checkpoint.Example:

[A] - Ignition SW on[B] - Ignition SW and SW 1 on[C] - Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)

(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good groundpoint or negative battery terminal, and the positive lead to theconnector or component terminal.This check can be done with a test light instead of a voltmeter.

CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK

(a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no voltagebetween the check points.

(b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the checkpoints.

If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and checkagain.When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive sideand the positive lead to the negative side, there should becontinuity.When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be nocontinuity.

(c) Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/Vminimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.

Page 13: 24 - Wiring Diagram

To Ignition SWIG Terminal

Test Light

RelayLight

SW 2 Solenoid

Disconnect

Short [A]

DisconnectDisconnect

SW 1

Fuse Case

Short [B]

Short [C]

Pull Up

Press Down Press Down

Pull Up

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

13

C

FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT

(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the fuse.(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.

Example:[A] - Ignition SW on[B] - Ignition SW and SW 1 on[C] - Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the

Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)

(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while watching thetest light.The short lies between the connector where the test lightstays lit and the connector where the light goes out.

(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking theproblem wire along the body.

CAUTION:(a) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless

absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched,the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.)

(b) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part) ofthe digital meter, be careful that no part of your body orclothing comes in contact with the terminals of leadsfrom the IC, etc. of the replacement part (spare part).

DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALECONNECTORS

To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, notthe wire harness.

HINT : Check to see what kind of connector you aredisconnecting before pulling apart.

Page 14: 24 - Wiring Diagram

10

3

0.21

1

(mm)

Reference:

ToolUpExample:(Case 1)

Terminal Retainer

Terminal Retainer

[Retainer at Full Lock Position]

[Retainer at Temporary Lock Position]

StopperTerminalRetainer

SecondaryLocking Device

Example:(Case 2)

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

14

C TROUBLESHOOTING

HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL(with terminal retainer or secondary locking device)

1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL

HINT : To remove the terminal from the connector, pleaseconstruct and use the special tool or like object shown onthe left.

2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR

3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR

TERMINAL RETAINER.

(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the terminallocking clip can be released and the terminal removed fromthe connector.

(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the secondarylocking device or terminal retainer.

NOTICE:Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.

[A] For Non-Waterproof Type Connector

HINT : The needle insertion position varies according to the

connector’s shape (number of terminals etc.), so

check the position before inserting it.

”Case 1”

Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock

position.

”Case 2”

Open the secondary locking device.

Page 15: 24 - Wiring Diagram

ToolTab

Tab

TerminalRetainer

Access Hole( Mark)

Tool

Tool

[Female]

Example:

[Male]

(Case 1)

[Male] [Female]

Retainerat Full Lock Position

Retainerat Temporary Lock Position

Terminal Retainer

[Male] Press Down [Female]Press Down

ToolTool

Example:(Case 2)

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

15

C

[B] For Waterproof Type Connector

HINT : Terminal retainer color is differentaccording to connector body.

Example:Terminal Retainer : Connector BodyBlack or White : GrayBlack or White : Dark GrayGray or White : Black

”Case 1”Type where terminal retainer is pulledup to the temporary lock position (PullType).

Insert the special tool into the terminalretainer access hole (Mark) and pullthe terminal retainer up to thetemporary lock position.

HINT : The needle insertion position variesaccording to the connector’s shape(Number of terminals etc.), so checkthe position before inserting it.

”Case 2”Type which cannot be pulled as far asPower Lock insert the tool straight intothe access hole of terminal retainer asshown.

Page 16: 24 - Wiring Diagram

Retainer atFull Lock Position

[Male] [Female]

Retainer atTemporary Lock Position

Locking Lug

Tool

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

16

C TROUBLESHOOTING

Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock position.

(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the terminal outfrom rear.

4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR

(a) Insert the terminal.HINT:1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the temporary lock

position.

(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer in tothe full lock position.

5. CONNECT CONNECTOR

Page 17: 24 - Wiring Diagram

∗ The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treated as beingabbreviations.

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

17

ABBREVIATIONS D

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations are used in this manual.

ABS = Anti-Lock Brake System

A/C = Air Conditioning

ADD = Automatic Disconnecting Differential

A/T = Automatic Transmission

COMB. = Combination

DIFF. = Differential

ECU = Electronic Control Unit

ESA = Electronic Spark Advance

EVAP = Evaporative Emission

J/B = Junction Block

LH = Left-Hand

O/D = Overdrive

R/B = Relay Block

RH = Right-Hand

SFI = Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection

SRS = Supplemental Restraint System

SW = Switch

TEMP. = Temperature

TRAC = Traction Control

VSC = Vehicle Skid Control

VSV = Vacuum Switching Valve

w/ = With

w/o = Without

2WD = Two Wheel Drive

4WD = Four Wheel Drive

Page 18: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

18

E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS

BATTERYStores chemical energy andconverts it into electrical energy.Provides DC current for the auto’svarious electrical circuits.

GROUNDThe point at which wiring attaches tothe Body, thereby providing a returnpath for an electrical circuit; without aground, current cannot flow.

CAPACITOR (Condenser)A small holding unit for temporarystorage of electrical voltage.

HEADLIGHTSCurrent flow causes a headlightfilament to heat up and emit light. Aheadlight may have either a single(1) filament or a double (2) filament

1. SINGLE FILAMENT

CIGARETTE LIGHTERAn electric resistance heatingelement.

2. DOUBLE FILAMENT

CIRCUIT BREAKERBasically a reusable fuse, a circuitbreaker will heat and open if toomuch current flows through it.Some units automatically reset whencool, others must be manually reset.

HORNAn electric device which sounds aloud audible signal.

DIODEA semiconductor which allowscurrent flow in only one direction.

IGNITION COILConverts low-voltage DC currentinto high-voltage ignition current forfiring the spark plugs.

DIODE, ZENERA diode which allows current flow in onedirection but blocks reverse flow only upto a specific voltage. Above that potential,it passes the excess voltage. This acts asa simple voltage regulator.

LIGHTCurrent flow through a filamentcauses the filament to heat up andemit light.

PHOTODIODEThe photodiode is a semiconductorwhich controls the current flowaccording to the amount of light.

LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)Upon current flow, these diodes emitlight without producing the heat of acomparable light.

DISTRIBUTOR, IIAChannels high-voltage current fromthe ignition coil to the individualspark plugs.

METER, ANALOGCurrent flow activates a magneticcoil which causes a needle to move,thereby providing a relative displayagainst a background calibration.

FUSEA thin metal strip which burns throughwhen too much current flows through it,thereby stopping current flow andprotecting a circuit from damage.

FUSIBLE LINK

METER, DIGITALCurrent flow activates one or manyLED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescentdisplays, which provide a relative ordigital display.

FUEL

FUSIBLE LINKA heavy-gauge wire placed in highamperage circuits which burns through onoverloads, thereby protecting the circuit.The numbers indicate the crosssectionsurface area of the wires.

(for Medium Current Fuse)

(for High Current Fuse or Fusible Link)

MOTORA power unit which convertselectrical energy into mechanicalenergy, especially rotary motion.

M

Page 19: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

19

E

RELAYBasically, an electrically operatedswitch which may be normallyclosed (1) or open (2).Current flow through a small coilcreates a magnetic field which eitheropens or closes an attached switch.

1. NORMALLY CLOSED

2. NORMALLY OPEN

SWITCH, MANUALOpens and closesi it th b

SPEAKERAn electromechanical device whichcreates sound waves from currentflow.

RELAY, DOUBLE THROWA relay which passes currentthrough one set of contacts or theother.

circuits, therebystopping (1) orallowing (2) currentflow.

1. NORMALLY OPEN

2. NORMALLY CLOSED

RESISTORAn electrical component with a fixedresistance, placed in a circuit toreduce voltage to a specific value.

SWITCH, DOUBLE THROWA switch which continuously passescurrent through one set of contactsor the other.

RESISTOR, TAPPEDA resistor which supplies two ormore different non adjustableresistance values.

SWITCH, IGNITIONA key operated switch with severalpositions which allows variouscircuits, particularly the primaryignition circuit, to becomeoperational.

RESISTOR, VARIABLE or RHEOSTATA controllable resistor with a variablerate of resistance.Also called a potentiometer orrheostat.

SENSOR (Thermistor)A resistor which varies its resistancewith temperature.

SWITCH, WIPER PARKAutomatically returns wipers to thestop position when the wiper switchis turned off.

(Reed Switch Type)

SENSOR, SPEEDUses magnetic impulses to openand close a switch to create a signalfor activation of other components.

TRANSISTORA solidstate device typically used asan electronic relay; stops or passescurrent depending on the voltageapplied at ”base”.

SHORT PINUsed to provide an unbrokenconnection within a junction block.

WIRESWires are always drawn asstraight lines on wiringdiagrams.Crossed wires (1) without ablack dot at the junction are

t j i d

(1) NOT CONNECTED

SOLENOIDAn electromagnetic coil which formsa magnetic field when current flows,to move a plunger, etc.

jnot joined;crossed wires (2) with ablack dot or octagonal ( )mark at the junction arespliced (joined)connections.

(2) SPLICED

Page 20: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

20

F RELAY LOCATIONS

[Engine Compartment]

[Body]

Page 21: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

21

F

[Instrument Panel]

Page 22: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

22

F RELAY LOCATIONS

2 : Engine Room R/B Engine Compartment Left (See Page 20)

Page 23: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

23

F

5 : VSC R/B Engine Compartment Right (See Page 20)

Page 24: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

24

F RELAY LOCATIONS

: Driver Side J/B Lower Finish Panel (See Page 21)

Page 25: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

25

F

[Driver Side J/B Inner Circuit]

Page 26: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

26

F RELAY LOCATIONS

: Center J/B Near the Steering Column Tube (See Page 21)

Page 27: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

27

F

[Center J/B Inner Circuit]

Page 28: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

28

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

A 1 A/C Dual Pressure SWA 2 A/C Magnetic ClutchA 3 A/T Fluid Temp. SensorA 8 ABS Speed Sensor Front LHA 9 ABS Speed Sensor Front RHA 11 Auto Antenna MotorA26 A/C Ambient Temp. SensorA27 Air Fuel Ratio SensorA28 Airbag Sensor Front LHA29 Airbag Sensor Front RHA38 Accel Position SensorA39 ADD Actuator

B 2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW

C 1 Camshaft Position SensorC 2 Crankshaft Position Sensor

D 1 Data Link Connector 1D 4 Detection SW (Transfer L4 Position)D 5 Detection SW (Transfer Neutral Position )D31 Detection SW (Transfer 4WD Position)D32 Detection SW (Transfer H4L Position)

E 2 Electronically Controlled Transmission SolenoidE 3 Engine Coolant Temp. SensorE13 Engine Hood Courtesy SW

F 1 Front Parking Light LHF 2 Front Parking Light RHF 3 Front Turn Signal Light LHF 4 Front Turn Signal Light RHF 5 Front Wiper MotorF 11 Front Fog Light LHF 12 Front Fog Light RHF 13 Fuse Box

G 1 GeneratorG 2 Generator

H 1 Headlight LHH 2 Headlight RHH 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)H 5 Horn LHH 6 Horn RH

Page 29: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

29

G

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

I 2 IgniterI 3 Ignition Coil No.1I 4 Ignition Coil No.2I 5 Ignition Coil No.3I 6 Injector No.1I 7 Injector No.2I 8 Injector No.3I 9 Injector No.4I 10 Injector No.5I 11 Injector No.6

J 1 Junction ConnectorJ 2 Junction Connector

K 2 Knock Sensor No.1K 3 Knock Sensor No.2K 4 Keyless Buzzer

M 1 Mass Air Flow MeterM 4 Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor

N 1 Noise Filter

O 1 Oil Pressure SW

P 1 Park/Neutral Position SWP22 Power Steering Oil Pressure SW

S 1 StarterS 2 StarterS 5 Short Connector (VSC)S 6 Short Connector (VSC)

T 1 2-4 Select MotorT 2 Throttle Position SensorT 5 Theft Deterrent HornT 7 Throttle Control Motor and Clutch

V 3 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Electronically Controlled Transmission)

V 7 VSV (EVAP)V10 VSC ActuatorV 11 VSC ActuatorV12 VSC ActuatorV13 VSV (Canister Closed Valve)

W 1 Washer Motor (w/o Daytime Running Light), Washer Motor and Washer Level Warning SW (w/ Daytime Running Light)

W 2 Water Temp. Sender

Page 30: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

30

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

A12 A/C AmplifierA14 A/C ThermistorA20 Airbag Squib (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly)A21 Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad)A22 Ashtray IlluminationA23 Auto Antenna Control RelayA30 A/C AmplifierA31 A/C AmplifierA32 A/C Magnetic Clutch RelayA33 A/C Room Temp. SensorA34 A/C Solar SensorA35 Air Inlet Control Servo MotorA36 Air Mix Control Servo Motor and

A/C Water Temp. SensorA37 Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor

B 5 Back Window Lock SWB 6 Blower MotorB 7 Blower ResistorB 8 Blower SWB14 Blower Motor Linear ControllerB16 Body ECUB17 Body ECU

C 4 Cigarette LighterC 5 Cigarette Lighter IlluminationC 6 Circuit Opening RelayC 7 ClockC13 Combination SWC14 Combination SWC15 Combination SWC20 Center Airbag Sensor AssemblyC21 Center Airbag Sensor AssemblyC22 Center Airbag Sensor AssemblyC23 Center Cluster SWC24 Center Cluster SWC25 Combination MeterC26 Combination MeterC27 Combination MeterC28 Combination MeterC29 Combination MeterC30 Center Diff. Lock SW

D 7 Data Link Connector 3D 8 Daytime Running Light Relay (Main)D 9 Daytime Running Light Relay No.4D11 Diode (Back Window)D12 Diode (Daytime Running Light No.1)

Page 31: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

31

G

Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

E 9 Engine Control ModuleE10 Engine Control ModuleE 11 Engine Control ModuleE12 Engine Control ModuleE14 Engine Control ModuleE15 Extra High Speed Relay

F 7 4WD ECU

G 3 Glove Box Light

H 7 Hazard SW

I 13 Ignition Key Cylinder LightI 14 Ignition SW

J 3 Junction ConnectorJ 4 Junction ConnectorJ 5 Junction ConnectorJ 6 Junction ConnectorJ 7 Junction ConnectorJ 8 Junction ConnectorJ 9 Junction ConnectorJ 10 Junction ConnectorJ 11 Junction Connector

P 2 Parking Brake SWP24 Power Outlet Front LHP25 Power Outlet Front RH

R 1 Radio and Player (Built-In Type Amplifier) or Stereo Power Amplifier (Separate Type Amplifier)

R 2 Radio and Player (Built-In Type Amplifier) or Stereo Power Amplifier (Separate Type Amplifier)

R 5 Remote Control Mirror SWR 6 Rheostat

S 3 Shift Lock Control ComputerS 4 Stop Light SWS 7 Seat Heater SW LHS 8 Seat Heater SW RHS 9 Steering Sensor

T 3 2-4 Select SWT 6 Transponder Key AmplifierT 8 TRAC Off SW

U 1 Unlock Warning SW

V14 VSC BuzzerV15 VSC Deceleration SensorV16 VSC ECUV17 VSC ECUV18 VSC ECUV19 VSC ECU

Y 1 Yaw Rate Sensor

Page 32: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

32

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Body

A24 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LHA25 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH

B 9 Back Door Courtesy SWB10 Back Door Lock Motor and

Back Door Unlock Detection SWB 11 Back Window Limit SWB12 Back Window MotorB13 Buckle SW LH (w/o Power Seat)B18 Back Door ECUB19 Buckle SW RH (w/o Power Seat)

D16 Door Courtesy SW Front LHD17 Door Courtesy SW Front RHD18 Door Courtesy SW Rear LHD19 Door Courtesy SW Rear RHD20 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LHD21 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front RHD22 Door Lock Control SW Front LH (w/o Power Window)D23 Door Lock Control SW Front RHD24 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW

Front LH

D25 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front RH

D26 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Rear LH

D27 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Rear RH

F 8 Front Door Speaker LHF 9 Front Door Speaker RHF 10 Fuel Sender and Fuel Pump

G 4 Garage Door Opener

H 8 High Mounted Stop Light

I 17 Interior Light (Front)I 18 Interior Light (Rear)

J 14 Junction Connector

L 1 License Plate Light

Page 33: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

33

G

Position of Parts in Body

M 2 Moon Roof Control Motor and Limit SWM 3 Moon Roof Control Relay and SW

P 3 Personal LightP 4 Power Window Control SW Front RHP 5 Power Window Control SW Rear LHP 6 Power Window Control SW Rear RHP 7 Power Window Master SWP 8 Power Window Motor Front LHP 9 Power Window Motor Front RHP10 Power Window Motor Rear LHP 11 Power Window Motor Rear RHP23 Power Outlet (Rear)P26 Power Window Master SWP27 Pretensioner LHP28 Pretensioner RH

R 7 Rear Combination Light LHR 8 Rear Combination Light RHR11 Rear Door Speaker LHR12 Rear Door Speaker RHR13 Rear Heater Blower MotorR14 Rear Heater Blower ResistorR15 Rear Heater Blower SWR16 Rear Heater RelayR17 Rear Window DefoggerR18 Rear Window DefoggerR19 Rear Wiper MotorR20 Remote Control Mirror LHR21 Remote Control Mirror RHR22 Remote Control Mirror SW

T 4 Tailgate Control SWT 9 Trailer ConverterT 10 Trailer Socket

V 1 Vapor Pressure SensorV 8 VSV (Vapor Pressure Sensor)V 9 Vanity Light RH

Page 34: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

34

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Seat

B13 Buckle SW LH (w/ Power Seat)B19 Buckle SW RH (w/ Power Seat)

P13 Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support)P14 Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Side)P15 Power Seat Control SW (Front Passenger’s Side)P16 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support)P17 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Reclining Control)P18 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Slide Control)P19 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Vertical Control)P20 Power Seat Motor

(Front Passenger’s Seat Reclining Control)P21 Power Seat Motor

(Front Passenger’s Seat Slide Control)

S10 Seat Heater (Driver’s Seat Back)S 11 Seat Heater (Driver’s Seat Cushion)S12 Seat Heater (Front Passenger’s Seat Back)S13 Seat Heater (Front Passenger’s Seat Cushion)

Page 35: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

35

MEMO

Page 36: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

36

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points

: Location of Splice Points

Page 37: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

37

G

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

1 23 4

2 14 3

3

1 2

3

12 1 2 2 1

1 2 34 5 6

123456

EA1 GRAY EB1 EC1

ED2 GRAY

GRAY

GRAYDARK GRAY

Code Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA1 Engine No.2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Near the Engine Room R/B)

EB1 Sensor Wire and Engine Wire (Front Side of Cylinder Head Cover Right)

EC1 Engine Wire and Water Temp. Sensor Wire (Front Side of Cylinder Head Cover Right)

ED2 Engine Wire and Differential Wire (Near the Front Differential)

Page 38: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

38

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Ground Points

Page 39: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

39

G

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

Code Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE1

IE2 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE3

( )

IF1Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IF2Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IG1

IG2 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IG3

g ( )

Page 40: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

40

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Splice Points

Page 41: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

41

G

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

Code Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IH1 Roof Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Left)

II1

II2 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

II4

g ( )

IJ1 Cowl Wire and A/C Sub Wire (Near the A/C Unit)

IK1 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL1 Cowl Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)

Page 42: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

42

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points

: Location of Splice Points

Page 43: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

43

G

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

Code Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

BN2 Frame Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Left Side of Rear Seat Cushion)

BP1 Floor Wire and Rear Heater Sub Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

BR1Back Door No 1 Wire and Floor No 2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BR2Back Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BS1Back Door No 1 Wire and Back Door No 2 Wire (Back Door Left)

BS2Back Door No.1 Wire and Back Door No.2 Wire (Back Door Left)

BW1 Rear Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Center Pillar)

BX1 Rear Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Center Pillar)

BZ1 Frame Wire and Frame No.2 Wire (Upper the Rear Axle Housing Left)

Page 44: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

44

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Splice Points

Page 45: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

45

G

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

123456

1 2

3 4 5 6123456

1 2

3 4 5 6

BU2 BY2

Code Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

BU2 Floor Wire and Seat No.2 Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

BY2 Cowl Wire and Seat No.1 Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

Page 46: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

48

POWER SOURCE

R- B

10A MIR HTR

1

2

15A DEFOG

R- B

R- B

(*2)

R- B

R- B

(*1)

1 2

1 2

60A ABS1

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

30A AM2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

120A ALT

7. 5A OBD

20A EFI

15A MPX- B

15A DOME

2

2

2

(*2)

4

2

2

1

3

2

R

L- Y

L- R

L- R

V

B

W- R

3

W

2

BA

TTE

RY

HEAD RELAY

(*1)

(*1)

R- B

(*1)

R- B

2G- B

10A TAIL

3

B- O

2

1

R- G2

5

TAIL RELAY

21

2

2

W- R

1 22

50A J/B

W- R W- R1 2

50A J/B

50A HEATER

2

2

1 2

40A AM1

1 2

1 2

1 2

2

2

2

2

15A PWR OUTLET

10A RR HTR

7. 5A ALT- S

B

W

P

L- B

5

12

DEFOG RELAY2

G

W

1

1B

R

W

R

E 3

WTO STARTER RELAY

2

2

WB

2

1

2

2

W-R

L-O

2

1

2

2

G

2

1

25A

TO

WIN

G

15A

FO

G

15A

ETC

S

R

W- R

W-R

40A

AB

S2

2

1

F13

FUS

E B

OX

Page 47: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

49

TO BLOWER MOTOR

O

2(*1) (*1)

G- B

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

Y- B10A HEAD (LO RH)

10A HEAD (HI LH)(*1)10A HEAD (LH)(*2)

10A HEAD (HI RH)(*1)10A HEAD (RH)(*2)

7. 5A DRL

4 2

1

3

Y

R- L

L

G- W

W- R

DIMMER RELAY

(*1)

R- W

* 2 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

2R- B

(*1)

R- B

4

* 1 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

R- B

(*2)

W- R1K2 1 2

30A POWER

7. 5A ECU- B

10A STOP

15A HORN, HAZ

Y- R

I 322 L- R

W- R

25

W- G

10A A. C

HEATER RELAY3

21

10A ECU- IG

25A WIPER

(*1)

B- Y

L- R

B- R

2

10A HEAD (LO LH)

2

2

2

1

R- L

W- B

W

2L- R

(*1)

R

L- R

(*1)

G

1I

(*2)

R- B

(*1)

R- B

L- R

B- Y1I

2

B- R1I

4

10A GAUGE

G- B1I

3 7. 5A STA

10A IGN

10A TURN

20A 4WD

15A ACC

2

7

3

4

6

8

AM2

AM1

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

IGNITION SWI14

(*1)

R- B

(*2)

L

20A SEAT HTR

221 2

I 3

B-Y

1

Page 48: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

50

POWER SOURCE

HEATER RELAY2-1 : Closed with ignition SW on and blower SW on (Manual Air Conditioning),

heater control panel SW [A/C amplifier] on (Automatic Air Conditioning)

HEAD RELAY2-1 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position or dimmer SW at FLASH position

Closed with engine running and parking brake lever released (w/ daytime running light)

I14 IGNITION SW2-3 : Closed with ignition key at ACC or ON position2-4 : Closed with ignition key at ON or ST position7-6 : Closed with ignition key at ON or ST position7-8 : Closed with ignition key at ST position

TAIL RELAY3-5 : Closed with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position

DIMMER RELAYChanged from HEAD (LO) to HEAD (HI) with dimmer SW at FLASH position or with HEAD relay on and dimmer SW atHIGH position (w/ daytime running light)

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

F13 28 I14 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1I24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1K24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E3 36 Engine Room Main Wire I3 40 Engine Room Main Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 49: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

51

MEMO

Page 50: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

52

STARTING AND IGNITION

3 1I

B

B

B

B

B- W

7 6

8

AM1

AM2 IG2

ST2

IG1

30A

AM

2

1

2

2

120A

ALT

1

2

2

40A

AM

1

1

2

2

3 2

5 1

2 2

2 2

M

EA13

B

P

N

9

6

A1B1

B- L

B- R B- RB- RW- RW

W-R

B-W B

B-W

B-W

W-B

W

BA

TTE

RY

ST

AR

TER

RE

LAY

IGNITION SWI14

STARTER

PA

RK

/NE

UTR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SW

P 1

B-W

W

ACC

G- B

BS 1 A , S 2EB

W-B

B- W

G-B

B-W

7. 5

A S

TA

II13

1F6

1J

7

1I

4

II19

1 3E

2 3E 3E3

Page 51: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

53

B

B- W

,

B

3 D

I21

B2 B9 B10 B11

10 2 1 9 8

3 4 5 6 7

I20 I20 I20

II4

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

EC

B- RB- R

B- R B- R B- R

BR

B-R

B-R

B-R

R L G B-R

B

BR

W-B

B-Y

G-W L-

Y

B-L

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

NO

. 1I 3 IG

NIT

ION

CO

IL N

O. 2

I 4 IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

NO

. 3I 5

IGNITERI 2

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

NO

ISE

FIL

TER

N 1

GND IGF IGT3 IGT2 IGT1

IGC1 IGC3 IGC2 +B EXT

E7

B-W

B-W

I20

B

19

IG-

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1

D 1

B

IG16

E14DE10 B , E12

B-W

B- WB- W

E

B-W

TO C

OM

BIN

ATI

ON

ME

TER

B-R

IGF IGT3 IGT2 IGT1 STA

NSW

Page 52: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

54

STARTING AND IGNITION

S1 (A), S2 (B) STARTERPoints closed with Park/Neutral position SW at P or N position and ignition SW at ST position

I14 IGNITION SW7-6 : Closed with ignition SW at ON or ST position7-8 : Closed with ignition SW at ST position

P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW9-6 : Closed with A/T shift lever in P or N position

STARTER RELAY3-5 : Closed with Park/Neutral position SW at P or N position and ignition SW at ST position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

D1 28 I3 29 P1 29

E10 B 31 I4 29 S1 A 29

E12 D 31 I5 29 S2 B 29

E14 E 31 I14 31

I2 29 N1 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1I 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3E 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA1 36 Engine No.2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Near the Engine Room R/B)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

II140 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

II440 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 36 Front Left Fender

EC 36 Intake Manifold Left

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I20 40 Engine Wire I21 40 Cowl Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 53: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

55

MEMO

Page 54: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

56

CHARGING

5

10AIGN

1F11

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1E5

7. 5AALT- S

1

2

2

120AALT

1

2

2

EA11 EA12 EA14IG116

A2 A1 A3 B1

BB

AC

2

IG L S B

IC REGULATOR

W W

GR

-B

R-L

Y-G

Y-G

Y-G R-L

Y-G

W

BATTERY

WW W

R-L

Y-G

TO

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

(M

AIN

)( *

1)

J 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BA , J 2

9

G 1

GENERATOR

BA , G 2

CH

AR

GE

WA

RN

ING

LIG

HT

[CO

MB

. M

ET

ER

]

C25

* 1 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

I 9

Page 55: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

57

G1 (A), G2 (B) GENERATOR(B) 1-GROUND : 13.9- 15.1 volts with engine running at 2000 rpm and 25°C (77°F)

13.5- 14.3 volts with engine running at 2000 rpm and 115°C (239°F)(A) 1-GROUND : 0- 4 volts with ignition SW at ON position and engine not running

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C25 30 G2 B 28 J2 B 29

G1 A 28 J1 A 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1F 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA1 36 Engine No.2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Near the Engine Room R/B)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I9 40 Cowl Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 56: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

58

ENGINE CONTROL

G- B

G- B

W-R

13 II4

F10FUELPUMP

BA

TTE

RY

W

2

C 6

S 4

I14

CIR

CU

IT O

PE

NIN

GR

ELA

Y

STOP LIGHT SW

IGNITION SW

EFI

RE

LAY

1

2

G- Y 1

W-L

W-L

W-L

G-Y

L-O

L-O

W-B

W-B

W-R

B-R B

-RB

-L

B- R B- R

L- R

B- R

G- W

L- R

W- L

L-R

L- R

W- L W- L

G- Y

W- L

30A

AM

2

A A

A B

EB

4

5

1II4

1

IG1

7

IG1

1 IE1

51

32

15

23

1

10 1F

2

22

2

22

4 1I

10AIGN

1F

10ASTOP

2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 48)

20AEFI

ST2

IG2AM2

8

67

2

BE

AD AD AD

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BA , J 8

J 1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BA

, J

2

1J7

B- L

GR- B

GR

-B

2

M

I12

B-L

BH

I12

W-L

IE31

W-L

BN21

BZ11

W- L

W-L

W-L

W-B

Page 57: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

59

B-L

IGSW

15 E

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

I20

I20 I20

I20

I20I20I20I20I20

I20

EC12

EC11

E22 A13 A12 A10 A11 A25 A15 A18

E1 E16 E20 B6 B5 B4 B3 B1 B8

1 5 1

34234

G- Y

W- L W- L W- L

L- B L- B

B- R

G- W

L- R

W- L

B- R B- R B- R B- R

B- RB- RG

-Y

Y-G

R-W

B-W L-

B

W-L

L-B L-

B

BR

G-Y

G

B-Y

G-B

G-B

W-L

L-R

G-W

R W G R-B L Y

B-R

B-R

B-R

B-R

B-R

B-R

B-R

INJE

CTO

R N

O. 1

INJE

CTO

R N

O. 2

INJE

CTO

R N

O. 3

INJE

CTO

R N

O. 4

INJE

CTO

R N

O. 5

INJE

CTO

R N

O. 6

I 6

I 7

I 8

I 9

I10

I11

MA

SS

AIR

FLO

W M

ETE

R

TH

RO

TTL

E P

OS

ITIO

NS

EN

SO

R

EN

GIN

E C

OO

LAN

TTE

MP

. S

EN

SO

R

M 1

T 2

E 3

E 9

AE

10

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

L M

OD

ULE

BE

11C

E12

D

THA VG E2G

E2+B

G- B G- B

, ,

,

GR- B

B- L

4 E

MREL

GR

-BG

R-B

3C

11

3C

15

E14

E,

IG114

+B BATT STP #10 #20 #30 #40 #50 #60

FC THA VG E2G E2 VC VTA THW

20 B

TBP

II416

IE35

BN211

BZ12

1 2

R-Y

R-Y

R-Y

R-Y

W- L R- Y

VSV (VAPORPRESSURE SENSOR)

V 8

C4

2

G-Y

VTA2

L- B

G- B

VPA2

C

4

C10

2

31

GR

G-B

AC

CE

L P

OS

ITIO

NS

EN

SO

R

A38

15

L

VPA

II4

6

II4

26

G- B

G- B

L- B

L- B

L-B

E2

VC VPA VPA2

D13

B-L

4WD

TO A

DD

AC

TUA

TO

R

Page 58: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

60

ENGINE CONTROL

B

B-Y

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1F8

EB11 EB13 EB12

9

12

I20 I20 I20

I20

E 1I20

E 4

1

2

1

2

1

1

E2 A23 A22

B14 B19 B7 A29 A27

12 3 2 4

3111

W- L

BR

BR

B- RB- R

W- L W- L W- L

BR

W-L

W-L

W-L

BR

BR

B

GR

W-G

B

BR

BR

B GR

BR

GR

G-Y

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

KN

OC

K S

EN

SO

R N

O. 1

KN

OC

K S

EN

SO

R N

O. 2

K 2

K 3

VS

V (

EV

AP

)

VS

V (

CA

NIS

TER

CLO

SE

D V

ALV

E)

DA

TA L

INK

CO

NN

EC

TOR

1

VA

PO

R P

RE

SS

UR

E S

EN

SO

R

V 7

V13

D 1

V 1

( SH

IELD

ED

)

E 9 A E10

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

B E11 C E12 D

TC

+B E1 +B E1

HT OX

BR

C29

MA

LFU

NC

TIO

NIN

DIC

ATO

R L

AM

P[C

OM

B.

ME

TE

R]

V

I20

BR

, , ,

L-B

A14

AF1+

A26

AF1-

A21

HTAF

3 2

14

AIR

FU

EL

RA

TIO

SE

NS

OR

A27

W B

LW

-LW

I20

W-L

W- L

( SH

IELD

ED

)

E14 E,

W KNK1 KNK2

EVP1 CCV TC HT2B OX2B

A24

L- B

BN24

IE3

3

II414

IE32

BN25BN23

IE33

1

23

PTNK

G- B

L- B

E2

L-B

G-B Y

Y

G-B

YY

VC PTNK

HE

AT

ED

OX

YG

EN

SE

NS

OR

( BA

NK

1 S

EN

SO

R 2

)

H 4

G

15AETCS

2

IG124

E8

+BM

1

2

G

7. 5ASTA

3 D

BB

1F

1I

3E2

3E1

3

6

NSW

G- B

3E3

E7

STA

II19

P

N

9

6

II13

PA

RK

/NE

UT

RA

LP

OS

ITIO

N S

W

P 1

B-W

B-W

B

B

B

Page 59: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

61

E11

KSW

I20

I20

I20

E12

IMLD

B12 B21 B13

L G G R

BR

G-O

I20

B17 A4 A7 A5

EC

BR

BR

B- R

BR

BR

W-B

W-B

W-BBR

W-B

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

CRANKSHAFTPOSITION SENSOR

CAMSHAFTPOSITION SENSOR

C 2 C 1

1 2 2 1

G

E6

FR

OM

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ETE

R

1

B18

PSW

P

P22

PO

WE

R S

TE

ER

ING

OIL

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

L

Y-R

TO S

EC

UR

ITY

IND

ICA

TO

R L

IGH

T[C

EN

TER

CLU

STE

R S

W]

TO U

NLO

CK

WA

RN

ING

SW

8

E04

AE10

EOM

3E13

3E16

A

IF

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W-B

W-B

W-B

E5

CODE

E18

RXCK

E19

TXCT

4

TXCT

3

RXCK

2

CODE

P-B

R-B

GR

-R

T 6TRANSPONDER KEYAMPLIFIER

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

NE+ NE- G2

SP1 E1 E01 E03 E02

* 1 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM

6

ME01

A

W-B

BR

BR

BR

A9 C8C2A31 A17

I20

2 1 3 4

M+ M- CL+ CL-

R G

Y L

M+ M- CL+ CL- GE01

BR

T 7THROTTLE CONTROL MOTORAND CLUTCH

B- R

E 9 A E10

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

B E11 C E12 D, , , E14 E,

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

Page 60: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

62

ENGINE CONTROL

7. 5AOBD

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 48)

2

IG13

IEEC

II418

5 4

7 16

A

VVW

W-BBR

BR

W-BBR

BR

D 7

DA

TA L

INK

CO

NN

EC

TOR

3

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

2

1

SIL BAT

SG CG

WFSE

R-W

BR

BR

BR

28

TRC+

E

NEO

D27 19 D

V19VSC ECU

WFSE

8

BR

D

W

I20 I20 I20

E3 E9

B11 B10 B9 B2 E14

R- W

2

1

2

1

2

1

4567

10 2 1 9 8

B- R B- R

W

B-L

L-Y

G-W B-Y

R L G B-R B

B-R

B-R

B-R

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

NO

. 1

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

NO

. 2

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

NO

. 3

IGNITER

I 3 I 4 I 5

I 2TO

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NM

ETE

R

ACT

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

LM

OD

ULE

E 9

AE

10B

E11

CE

12D

IGC1 IGC3 IGC2 +B EXT

IGT1 IGT2 IGT3 IGF

, ,

,

B13 (*2)A10 (*3)

B10A9

L-Y

L-B

13

R-W

C C

3

GND

JUNCTION CONNECTORJ 6

A12

A/C AMPLIFIER

BA , A30

E14

E,

AC1

IGT1 IGT2 IGT3 IGF SIL

D

TRC- ENG+ ENG-

D8

2 4 17 18 5

PL

Y-G

BR

-Y

V-W

ENG-ENG+TRC-TRC+NEO

B- R* 2 : AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING* 3 : MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING

Page 61: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

63

The engine control system utilize a microcomputer and maintains overall control of the engine, transmission, etc. An outlineof engine control is given here.

1. INPUT SIGNAL(1) Engine coolant temp. signal system

The engine coolant temp. sensor detects the engine coolant temp. and has a built-in thermistor with a resistance whichvaries according to the engine coolant temp. The engine coolant temp. is input as a control signal to TERMINAL THW ofthe engine control module.

(2) Heated oxygen sensor signal systemThe oxygen density in the exhaust emissions is detected and input as a control signal to TERMINAL OXB2 of theengine control module. To maintain stable detection performance by the heated oxygen sensor, the heated oxygensensors are warmed. The heater is also controlled by the engine control module (HT2B).

(3) RPM signal systemCamshaft position and crankshaft position are detected by the camshaft position sensor and crankshaft position sensor,camshaft position is input as a control signal to TERMINAL G2 of the engine control module, and engine RPM is input toTERMINAL NE+.

(4) Throttle signal systemThe throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve opening angle, which is input as a control signal to TERMINALSVTA and VTA2 of the engine control module.

(5) Vehicle speed signal systemThe vehicle speed sensor, detects the vehicle speed and input to ABS speed sensor of the VSC ECU, from VSC ECU toTERMINAL SP1 of the engine control module, via combination meter.

(6) A/C SW signal systemThe operating voltage of the A/C magnetic clutch is detected and input as a control signal to TERMINAL AC1 of theengine control module.

(7) Battery signal systemVoltage is constantly applied to TERMINAL BATT of the engine control module. When the ignition SW is turned to on,voltage for engine control module operation is applied via the EFI relay to TERMINAL +B of the engine control module.

(8) Intake air volume signal systemIntake air volume is detected by the mass air flow meter and a signal is input into TERMINAL VG of the engine controlmodule as a control signal.

(9) Stop light SW signal systemThe stop light SW is used to detect whether or not the vehicle is braking and the information is input as a control signalto TERMINAL STP of the engine control module.

(10)Starter signal systemTo confirm that the engine is cranking, the voltage applied to the starter motor during cranking is detected and is input asa control signal to TERMINAL STA of the engine control module.

(11) Engine knock signal systemEngine knocking is detected by the knock sensor no. 1 and no. 2 and the signals are input to TERMINALS KNK1 andKNK2 of the engine control module.

(12)4WD signal system (4WD)Whether or not the vehicle is operating in 4WD mode is determined, and a control signal is input to TERMINAL 4WD ofthe engine control module.

(13) Intake air temp. signal circuitThe intake air temp. sensor is installed in the mass air flow meter and detects the intake air temp., which is input as acontrol signal into TERMINAL THA of the engine control module.

(14)Air fuel ratio signal systemThe air fuel ratio is detected and input as a control signal into TERMINAL AF1+ of the engine control module.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 62: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

64

ENGINE CONTROL

2. CONTROL SYSTEM∗ SFI system

The SFI system monitors the engine conditions through the signals each sensor inputs to the engine control module.Based on this data and the program memorized in the engine control module, the most appropriate fuel injection timingis detected and current is output to TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40, #50 AND #60 of the engine control module,causing the injectors to operate (to inject fuel). It is this system which, through the work of the engine control module,finely controls fuel injection in response to driving conditions.

∗ ESA systemThe ESA system monitors the engine conditions using the signals input to the engine control module from each sensor.Based on this data and the program memorizes in the engine control module, the most appropriate ignition timing isdecided and current is output to TERMINALS IGT1, IGT2 and IGT3 of the engine control module. This output controlsthe igniter to produce the most appropriate ignition timing for the driving conditions.

∗ Heated oxygen sensor heater control systemThe heated oxygen sensor heater control system turns the heater to on when the intake air volume is low (Temp. ofexhaust emissions is low). And warms up the heated oxygen sensors to improve detection performance of the sensors.The engine control module evaluates the signals from each sensor current is output to TERMINAL HT2B and controlsthe heater.

3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWith the diagnosis system, when there is a malfunction in the ECU signal system, the malfunctioning system is recorded inthe memory. The malfunctioning system can then be found by reading the display (Code) of the malfunction indicator lamp.

4. FAIL- SAFE SYSTEMWhen a malfunction occurs in any system, if there is a possibility of engine being caused by continued control based on thesignals from that system, the fail-safe system either controls the system by using data (Standard values) recorded in theengine control module memory or else stops the engine.

EFI RELAY5-3 : Closed with ignition SW at ON or ST position

C6 CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY5-3 : Closed with starter running or ignition SW at ON position

I6, I7, I8, I9, I10, I11 INJECTOR1-2 : 13.4- 14.2 Ω

E3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR1-2 : 10- 20 kΩ (-20 °C, -4 °F)

4- 7 kΩ (0°C, 32°F)2- 3 kΩ (20°C, 68°F)0.9- 1.3 kΩ (40°C, 104°F)0.4- 0.7 kΩ (60°C, 140°F)0.2- 0.4 kΩ (80°C, 176°F)

E9 (A), E10 (B), E11 (C), E12 (D), E14 (E) ENGINE CONTROL MODULEVoltage at engine control module wiring connectors

+B-E1 : 9- 14 volts (Ignition SW on)BATT-E1 : 9- 14 volts (Always)

VC-E2 : 4.5- 5.5 volts (Ignition SW on)VTA-E2 : Approx. 0.6 volts (Ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed)

Approx. 4 volts (ignition SW on and throttle valve fully open)STA-E1 : 6 volts or more (Ignition SW at ST position)

W-E1 : 9- 14 volts (No trouble and engine running)THW-E1 : 0.2- 1.0 volts (Ignition SW on and coolant temp. 80°C, 176°F)SP1-E1 : Pulse generation with vehicle movingSTP-E1 : 7.5- 14 volts (Stop light SW on)

IGT1, IGT2, IGT3-E1 : Pulse generation (Cranking or idling)#10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60-E1 : 9- 14 volts (Ignition SW on)

RESISTANCE AT ECU WIRING CONNECTOR(Disconnect wiring connector)

THW-E2 : 0.2- 0.4 kΩ (Coolant temp. 80°C, 176°F)NE+-E2 : 140- 180 Ω

SERVICE HINTS

Page 63: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

65

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A12 A 30 H4 28 J8 B 31

A27 28 I2 29 J9 31

A30 B 30 I3 29 K2 29

A38 28 I4 29 K3 29

C1 28 I5 29 M1 29

C2 28 I6 29 P1 29

C6 30 I7 29 P22 29

C29 30 I8 29 S4 31

D1 28 I9 29 T2 29

D7 30 I10 29 T6 31

E3 28 I11 29 T7 29

E9 A 31 I14 31 V1 33

E10 B 31 J1 A 29 V7 29

E11 C 31 J2 B 29 V8 33

E12 D 31 J4 31 V13 29

E14 E 31 J6 31 V19 31

F10 32 J7 A 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1I 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3C26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EB1 36 Sensor Wire and Engine Wire (Front Side of Cylinder Head Cover Right)

EC1 36 Engine Wire and Water Temp. Sensor Wire (Front Side of Cylinder Head Cover Right)

IE138 Cowl Wire and Floor No 2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE338 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

II140 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

II440 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

BN2 42 Frame Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Left Side of Rear Seat Cushion)

BZ1 42 Frame Wire and Frame No.2 Wire (Upper the Rear Axle Housing Left)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 36 Front Left Fender

EC 36 Intake Manifold Left

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

BH 42 Left Quarter Panel Inner

Page 64: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

66

ENGINE CONTROL

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E1 36 Engine Wire I12 40 Cowl Wire

E4 36 Sensor Wire I20 40 Engine Wire

Page 65: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

67

MEMO

Page 66: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

68

ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM

10AIGN

1F10

20AEFI

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

22

22

51

32

IG114IG17

1 IG1

BE

AD AD

BATT MREL +BIGSW

KSW

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

IE

A

2

1

A

A

6

3

A

IF

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

3E13

3E16

I13

BA

AA

IMLD EOM CODE RXCK TXCT

GR

-R

R-B

P-B

2 3 4

CODE RXCK TXCT

2

1

TRA

NS

PO

ND

ER

KE

Y C

OIL

EBID

5 1

J 7

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BA

, J

8

J 1

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BA

, J

2

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 6

UN

LOC

K W

AR

NIN

G S

WU

1

C24

SE

CU

RIT

Y IN

DIC

AT

OR

LIG

HT

[CE

NTE

R C

LUS

TER

SW

]

TR

AN

SP

ON

DE

R K

EY

AM

PLI

FIE

RT

6

L- R

GR- B

L- R

L- R

W- L

B-L

L-R

GR

-B

W-L

W-B

W-BBR

W-B

W-B

Y-R

Y-R L

W-B

W-B

W-L

W-L

W- B

W-L

2

1

EFIRELAY

+BGND

AN

T1A

NT2

19185101211

141615 ENGINE CONTROL MODULEE14

Page 67: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

69

E14 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE11-GROUND : Continuity with ignition key in cylinder16-GROUND : Always Approx. 12 volts15-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW on10-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C24 30 J4 31 J9 31

E14 31 J6 31 T6 31

J1 A 29 J7 A 31 U1 31

J2 B 29 J8 B 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3E 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 36 Front Left Fender

ID 38 Left Kick Panel

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I13 40 Cowl Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 68: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

70

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (COMMUNICATION BUS)

IE28

BR24

BS15

7

18

MPX1

MPX1

V-W

V-W

V-W

V-W

BACK DOOR ECUB18

BODY ECUB16

Page 69: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

71

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDES FOLLOWING SYSTEMS

∗ DOOR LOCK CONTROL

∗ HORN

∗ MIRROR HEATER

∗ POWER WINDOW (REAR)

∗ REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

∗ REAR WIPER AND WASHER

∗ THEFT DETERRENT

∗ WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

Page 70: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

72

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

2

2 4

1 3

1

2

1 5

2 3

1 5

2 3

2 2 222

7. 5

A D

RL

2

1

2

2

1C6

1K5

3 IG3

4

2

3

1 15AMPX- B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

13

IG1

1

2

I 9

1 2

IG115

D

B

6 7

DD

B

A1

B1

B

7 BS1

B

BR17

B

IE13

B

IG19

B

2

(*3)

G-B

15ADEFOG

2

1

2

G-B

( *3)

( *3)

IG122

2

10AMIR HTR

1

2

I 1

2

3

2

3

IF111

BATTERY

TAILRELAY

120AALT

DEFOGRELAY

HEADRELAY

W

R-B

R

R-G

R-G

B-O

R-B

Y

R G G

Y

R

R

R- G

L- R

G

R

R- G

B- O

W- B(*3)

W- B(*3)

W- B

G- B

R- B

W- BW- G

R- G G

L- R

G-B

G-B

G-B

W- B

W-B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

MIR

RO

R H

EA

TE

R R

H[R

EM

OTE

CO

NTR

OL

MIR

RO

R R

H]

R21

MIR

RO

R H

EA

TE

R L

H[R

EM

OTE

CO

NTR

OL

MIR

RO

R L

H]

R20

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 3

DIODE(DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT NO. 1)

D12

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTRELAY (MAIN)

D 8

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 4

D 9

R(*2)

( *2)

(* 1)

(*2)

( *2)

( *2)

( *2)

(* 2) (*2)

(*2) (*2)

(*2)

( *2)

(* 1)

R17

RE

AR

WIN

DO

WD

EF

OG

GE

R

BA

, R

18

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

IK116

Page 71: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

73

7 9 10

ECU- IGWIPHAZ

L

GR

L-R

B-Y

B-O

R-G

YGR

L-R

DEFRG

B- Y

Y

L- R

L

W- B(*3)

W- B(*3)

W- BW- B

W- B(*3)

B- O

W- B(*3)

R- G

R

G

2

10A

GA

UG

E

15A

HO

RN

, HA

Z

25A

WIP

ER

L- R

10A

EC

U-I

G

1G4 1C

30A

PO

WE

R

9 1F

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

11 1G

15A

AC

C

9

ACC

A4

2 1E

TRY

4 B

HRY

3 B

ECU- B

10 A

I 1

2

( *1)

( *2)

(*1)

(*2)

B17, A B

BODY ECU

B16

1

* 1 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 2 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 3 : W/ MIRROR HEATER

Page 72: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

74

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

B17, A B

BODY ECU

B16

15

23

1J8

3 2 8

1 1 1

1E8

1B2

SH

A1

HORN SW

6H

OR

N S

W[C

OM

B.

SW

]

C14

1

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

FRO

NT

LH

D16

A19

DCTY

1

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

FRO

NT

RH

D17

A16

PCTY

1D

OO

R C

OU

RT

ES

Y S

WR

EA

R L

H

D18

A15

RCTY

1

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

RE

AR

RH

D19

I10

IE214 IL18

THE

FT

DE

TE

RR

EN

T H

OR

NT

5 HO

RN

LH

H 5

HO

RN

RH

H 6

B- Y

W- B

Y

L- R

L

W- B(*3)

W- B(*3)

W- B

B- Y

Y

L- R

L

W- B(*3)

W- B(*3)

W- B

B

W-B

B-R

B-WB

G-RB

R-W

B-R

B-R

B-R

B-R

B-WBB

R-W

G-R

POWER P/W GND HORN

PW

R R

ELA

Y

( *4)

( *4)

* 3 : W/ MIRROR HEATER* 4 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM * 6 : W/ POWER WINDOW

* 5 : W/O POWER WINDOW

Page 73: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

75

RE

AR

WIN

DO

WD

EF

OG

GE

RIN

DIC

ATO

R L

IGH

TL- W

L

RE

AR

WIN

DO

WD

EFO

GG

ER

SW

R

DO

WN

UP

BA

CK

WIN

DO

WC

ON

TR

OL

SW

R-B

LG-B

LG-R

G-O

G-O

L-W

W-B

W-B

E13

EN

GIN

E H

OO

DC

OU

RT

ES

Y S

W

G Y

G Y

L-W

EB

B16

BODY ECU

BA , B17

,

W-B

B-Y

W-B

W-B

W-B

J 2

AB

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 1 W

-B

W-B

Y-R

Y-R

Y-RL

W-B

W-B

A B

L-W

A A

2

W-B

1

W- B

18 IG1

U 1

UN

LOC

K W

AR

NIN

G S

W

7

HOOD SW

B

B- Y

W- B

Y

L- R

L

W- B(*3)

W- B(*3)

W- B W- B

W- B(*3)

W- B(*3)

L

L- R

Y

W- B(*4)

W- B

A

DEF SW

18 A

DOWN

4 A

UP

5 A3

DIND

Y- R Y- RA2 A1 A10 A9

A6 A7 A4

C24

, A

B

CE

NTE

R C

LUS

TER

SW

C23

7 IF2 8 IF2

A

1 3

A

2

7

10

(*6)

( *4)

( *4)

Y(*6)

( *5)

( *6)

( *6)

( *6)

( *6)

3E19

3E21

( *5)

BA

CK

WIN

DO

WLO

CK

SW

B 5

(*5)

A

3E13

3E16

IF

A

(*4)

( *4)

(*4)

( *4)

( *4)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

G(*6)

DIO

DE

( BA

CK

WIN

DO

W)

D11

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 5

(* 4)

L

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B6

B3

SE

CU

RIT

YIN

DIC

ATO

R L

IGH

T

I11

I17

B1

SEC IND KSW

2 A

A

AAA

KSWIMLD

1

2

I13

( *4)

( *4)

( *4)

( *4)

( *4)

1114

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

E14

Page 74: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

76

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

B/D CTY

22 A

1116

WASHER

ON

INT

OFF

WASHER

12 10 13

2

A20

R/W ON

A21

R/W INT

B5 (*2)A3 (*1)

A4 (*1)

B4 (*2)

1H8

13

I13

RE

AR

WIP

ER

AN

D W

AS

HE

R S

W[C

OM

B.

SW

]

C15

BW

1,

A

WA

SH

ER

MO

TOR

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

A4 (*6)

B4 (*5)

B3A6

B2 (*5)A12 (*6)

IF13 IF14

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

A3B4

B3A6

B2A5

IK15 IK115

IF21 IK16

B 5

B 1

I10

I10

1H91H10

BD

23,

A

DO

OR

LO

CK

CO

NTR

OL

SW

FRO

NT

RH

P 7

D22

A

DO

OR

LO

CK

CO

NTR

OL

SW

FR

ON

T LH

AN

D W

IND

OW

LO

CK

SW

[PO

WE

R W

IND

OW

MA

ST

ER

SW

] (*6

)

B

DO

OR

LO

CK

CO

NTR

OL

SW

FRO

NT

LH (

*5)

11 12

L1 UL1WMTR

IE

AAA

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

W- B

W- B

W- B(*4)

Y

L- R

L

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B(*4)

Y

L- R

L

W- B(*3)

W- B(*3)

W- B

Y- R

(*3)

W- B

W- B

W- B

Y-R

G-W LG

GR

-G

GR

-R

R

R-W

R-W R

R-W R

R

R-WR

R-W

P

GR

-G

GR

-R

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

COMBINATION METERC27

B16

BODY ECU

BA , B17

W-B

W-B

W-B

A14A13

Y(*6)

G(*6)

Y G ( *6)

( *6)

RRU RRD

(*3)

M

Page 75: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

77

L2

11 A A12

UL2

A

B 1

* 4 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM

13

UL3

I10

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

14 4

1 3

2

IK1 IK112 IF12 IF1

2

31

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

B 5

B16

BODY ECU

BA , B17

M

3

2

1

4

IF212 IF22 IF23

A17

LSWD

A23

ACTD

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

AN

D D

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

WFR

ON

T LH

D24

M

3

2

1

4

IK113

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

AN

D D

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

WF

RO

NT

RH

D25

A14

LSWP

AD

BE

AD

I 1

BD

AE AE J10

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BA

, J1

1J1

0

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BA

, J1

1

W- B

W- B

W- B(*4)

Y

L- R

L

W- B

B- Y

W- B(*4)

B- Y

Y

L- R

L

W- B

L- W

L- W

W- B

L- W

L-W

L-W

L-YP-G

L-W

R-L

G-Y

BR

-W

L-B

BR

-W

BR

-W

L-B

BR

-W

BR

-W

L-B

L-Y

B-Y

L-W

R-L

W-B

W-B

W-B

P-G

W-B

B-Y

B-Y

B-Y

G-Y

DO

OR

KE

Y L

OC

K A

ND

UN

LOC

K S

W F

RO

NT

RH

D21

DO

OR

KE

Y L

OC

K A

ND

UN

LOC

K S

W F

RO

NT

LH

D20

* 3 : W/ MIRROR HEATER* 2 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 1 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

I 1L- W

L-W

ACT+

I 8

14

1H7

W- B

W- B

* 6 : W/ POWER WINDOW* 5 : W/O POWER WINDOW

L-W

Page 76: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

78

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

M

B16

BODY ECU

BA , B17

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

AN

D D

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

WR

EA

R L

H

D27

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

AN

D D

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

WR

EA

R R

H

D26

LSWR

8 B

M

3

2

1

4

BW17 BW11

L-W

LG

L-W

LG

3

( *4)

( *4)

LG L-W

LG L-W

1 BX1

4

7 BX1

1

2

I 1

( *4)

( *4)

BW13 BW14 BX13 BX14

I13

I 2 I 2

1H6

15

L- W

ML-

WL-

W

B10

BA

CK

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TO

R A

ND

BA

CK

DO

OR

UN

LOC

K

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

W

3

4 BS1

L-W

L- B

2

1

4

BS110

IE111

BR110

B 9

W-B

BR15

IE18

BS16

IE211

BR16

BS18

IE12

BR18

3 2

V-W

V-W

V-W

5 BS1

V-W

18

BR24

IE28

A7

MPX1

20

LGW

-B

B-Y

W-B

B-Y

B-Y

W-B

Y L-R

L-RY

B-Y

L-RYB

-Y

B-Y

W-B

B-Y

W-B

W-B

IG ECU- B

ACT-

L- W

L- W

LG

B- Y

W- B(*4)

B- Y

Y

L- R

L

W- B

W- B(*4)

B- Y B- Y

L

W- B

BACK DOOR ECUB18

( *4)

LSWB MPX1

(*4)

L- W

(*4)

( *4)

( *4)

( *4)

( *4)

( *4)

Y L-R

( *4)

26

W-B

GND

B 9W- B

B-Y

B-Y

Page 77: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

79

P-G

BS2

P-G

4

4

P-G

BR23

5 IE2

BZR2BZR1

IE216

2 BR2

BS2P

-BP

-B3

5

P-B

1211

21

1 2

P-B

P-G

CLSM OPNM

GR

BACK WINDOW MOTORB12

KEYLESS BUZZERK 4

BACK DOOR ECUB18

BS25

IE16

BR21

1

LL

L

POWE

L

L

W- B

2

1 3

1 2

2

1

B 9 B 9 B 9

BA

CK

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

W

B 9

TA

ILG

AT

E C

ON

TR

OL

SW

T 4 B

AC

K W

IND

OW

LIM

IT S

W

B11

FURTHESTPOSITION

RETURNPOSITION

WP

3C2

3C3

B 9

7

BCTY

9

CLS

10

OPN

13

LMTW

22

LMT2

23

LMT1

M

24

WIP-

25

WIP+

4 6 1 3

5

BH

BS13

BR13W- B W- B W- B W- B W- B

L-W

G-R

G-Y

R-L

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

L-B

L-Y

GR

-R

GR

REAR WIPER MOTORR19

* 4 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM

UP

DO

WN

STOP

M

Page 78: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

80

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

1. COMMUNICATION OUTLINECommunication is made among the body and back door ECUs.When the ECU receives a signal from related switches, i.e., the rear wiper SW, the body ECU sends signals to the back doorECU, and moves rear wiper.For details, please refer to the new car features and/or the repair manual.

B16 (A) BODY ECU(A) 9-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position

3, 7, (A)10-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts9,10-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position

8-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B5 30 D18 32 J5 31

B9 32 D19 32 J6 31

B10 32 D20 32 J9 31

B11 32 D21 32 J10 A 31

B12 32 D22 B 32 J11 B 31

B16 A 30D23

A 32 K4 29

B17 B 30D23

B 32 P7 A 33

B18 32 D24 32 R17 A 33

C14 30 D25 32 R18 B 33

C15 30 D26 32 R19 33

C23 A 30 D27 32 R20 33

C24 B 30 E13 28 R21 33

C27 30 E14 31 T4 33

D8 30 H5 28 T5 29

D9 30 H6 28 U1 31

D11 30 J1 A 29W1

A 29

D12 30 J2 B 29W1

B 29

D16 32 J3 31

D17 32 J4 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1F

1G24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1H24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J

1K 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3C26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 79: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

81

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE138 Cowl Wire and Floor No 2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE238 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IF138 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IF238 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IG138 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IG338 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IK1 40 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL1 40 Cowl Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BR142 Back Door No 1 Wire and Floor No 2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BR242 Back Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BS142 Back Door No 1 Wire and Back Door No 2 Wire (Back Door Left)

BS242 Back Door No.1 Wire and Back Door No.2 Wire (Back Door Left)

BW1 42 Rear Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Center Pillar)

BX1 42 Rear Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Center Pillar)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 36 Front Left Fender

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

BH 42 Left Quarter Panel Inner

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I1 I1340 Cowl Wire

I2 I1740 Cowl Wire

I840 Cowl Wire

B1 42 Front Door LH Wire

I940 Cowl Wire

B5 42 Front Door RH Wire

I10 B9 42 Back Door No.2 Wire

I11

Page 80: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

82

HEADLIGHT (w/o DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT)

1K

I 4

4

16

10AHEAD(LH)

2

10AHEAD(RH)

2

1K5

1C7

2

3 1

4 2

2

2 2

A

IE

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

LIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

L S

WD

IMM

ER

SW

COMBINATION SWC13

HEADRELAY

1 2

3

1 2

3

HEADLIGHTLH

H 1HEADLIGHTRH

H 2

I 4

IG120

8 17 7

R- B

R- Y

L- B

R- Y

W-B

L-BR

R

W

R-L

R-B

R-Y

R-Y

L-B

BATTERY

A

2 2

1 1

W- B

1J3

E5

HIG

H B

EA

M

D

D

A12

E17E1

R-Y

W-B

R- Y

1C

6

R- Y

13

R

L- B

L- B

1J4

J 3

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

R L-B

C25

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NM

ETE

R

EA

, C

27

Page 81: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

83

HEAD RELAY2-1 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position or dimmer SW at FLASH position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C13 30 H1 28 J4 31

C25 A 30 H2 28

C27 E 30 J3 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1K 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I4 40 Engine Room Main Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 82: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

84

HEADLIGHT (w/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT)

13

G

2

2

1

2

2

1

2

2

1

2

2

1

2 2

1 3

2 4

2 2

2

2

2 2 2

4

1 3 2

3 3

1 2 1 2

I 4

7. 5

A D

RL

2

2

1

2

OFF

TAIL

HEADLIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

L S

W

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

DIM

ME

RS

W

8 7

16

A

IE

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

1 3

2 4

IG32 IG33

I 9

10A

HE

AD

(LO

LH

)

10A

HE

AD

(LO

RH

)

10A

HE

AD

(H

I RH

)

10A

HE

AD

(H

I LH

)

BATTERY

COMBINATION SWC13

DA

YT

IME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

NO

. 4

D 9

DIO

DE

( DA

YT

IME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

NO

. 1)

D12

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LHH

1

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RH

H 2

1

2

W

G

W- G

R- B

GG

G

W- G

W

G-W R-L L

R-W

R

R- B

W-G

W-G

W-G

W-G

Y

R-G

G

G V

W-B

W-B

Y

HE

AD

RE

LAY

DIM

ME

R R

ELA

Y

Y-B

A W- B

W- B

V

G

R

R- Y

I10

W- G

W- G

W-G

Page 83: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

85

1C

1K5

8 7 12364

5 2 9 11

15ADOME

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

10AGAUGE

1F5

1E6

3C8

1F3

3C5

6

IG34

I11

1

PA

RK

ING

BR

AK

E S

WP

2

W- B

W-B

W-B

B-Y

L-Y

L-Y

L-Y

R

Y-B

W-B

R-W

2

1

R

Y- B

G

V

W- B

W- B

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY(MAIN)

D 8

L-B

W-B

16 IG1

1

L

EA12

Y-G

Y-G

Y-G

GE

NE

RA

TOR

G 1

D

D

A12E5

E17E1

R- Y

G

G

C25

COMBINATION METER

EA , C27

3E20

3E16

IF

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

3D9

3D8

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 3

B-Y

RR

G

VH

IGH

BE

AM

W- G

1

W-G

Page 84: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

86

HEADLIGHT (w/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT)

1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATIONWhen the engine is started, voltage generated at TERMINAL L of the generator is applied to TERMINAL 9 of the daytimerunning light relay (Main).If the parking brake lever is pulled up (Parking brake SW on) at this time, the relay is not activated so the daytime runninglight system does not operate. If the parking brake lever is then released (Parking brake SW off), a signal is input toTERMINAL 11 of the relay. This activates the relay, so current flows from battery to the HEAD relay (Point side) toTERMINAL 4 of the DIMMER relay to TERMINAL 1 to HEAD (LO LH), (LO RH) fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the headlights toTERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the daytime running light relay (Main) to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND. This causes theheadlights to light up (The headlights light up dimmer than full brightness.).Once the daytime running light system operates and headlights light up, headlights remain on even if the parking brake leveris pulled up (Parking brake SW on).If the engine stalls and the ignition SW remains on, headlights remain lighted up even though current is no longer outputfrom TERMINAL L of the generator. If the ignition SW is then turned off, the headlights go off. If the engine is started with theparking brake lever released (Parking brake SW off), the daytime running light system operates and the headlights light upwhen the engine starts.

2. HEADLIGHT OPERATIONWhen the light control SW is switched to HEAD position, current flows from the DRL fuse to TERMINAL 4 of the daytimerunning light relay no. 4 to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the diode (Daytime running light no. 1) to TERMINAL 2 toTERMINAL (E) 5 of the combination meter to TERMINAL (E) 1 to TERMINAL 13 of the light control SW to TERMINAL 16 toGROUND, activating the daytime running light relay no. 4. Current then flows from the HEAD (LO LH), (LO RH) fuse toTERMINAL 1 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 2 of the daytime running light relay no. 4 to TERMINAL 1 toGROUND, causing the headlights to light up at normal intensity.When the dimmer SW is switched to the HIGH position, the signal from the dimmer SW is input to the daytime running lightrelay (Main). This activates the relay and current flows from TERMINAL 4 of the DIMMER relay to TERMINAL 2 toTERMINAL 4 of the daytime running light relay (Main), activating the DIMMER relay.This causes current to flow from TERMINAL 4 of the DIMMER relay to TERMINAL 3 to HEAD (HI LH), (HI RH) fuse toTERMINAL 2 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 2 of the daytime running light relay no. 4 to TERMINAL 1 toGROUND, causing the headlights to light up at high beam.When the dimmer SW is switched to FLASH position, the daytime running light relay (Main) is activated and current flowsfrom TERMINAL 4 of the DIMMER relay to TERMINAL 3. Current from the DRL fuse flows to TERMINAL 4 of the daytimerunning light relay no. 4 to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the diode (Daytime running light no. 1) to TERMINAL 2 toTERMINAL 8 of the dimmer SW to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND, and also flows from the HEAD (HI LH), (HI RH) fuse toTERMINAL 2 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 2 of the daytime running light relay no. 4 to TERMINAL 1 toGROUND, causing the high beam to operate.

HEAD RELAY2-1 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position or dimmer SW at FLASH position

Closed with engine running and parking brake lever released

DIMMER RELAYChanges from HEAD(LO) to HEAD(HI) with dimmer SW at FLASH position or with HEAD relay on and dimmer SW at HIGHposition

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C13 30 D12 30 J4 31

C25 A 30 G1 28 J9 31

C27 E 30 H1 28 P2 31

D8 30 H2 28

D9 30 J3 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 85: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

87

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1F 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1K 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3C

3D 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E

( g )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA1 36 Engine No.2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Near the Engine Room R/B)

IG138 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IG338 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I4 40 Engine Room Main Wire I1040 Cowl Wire

I9 40 Cowl Wire I1140 Cowl Wire

Page 86: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

88

FRONT FOG LIGHT

15AFOG

FOG

RE

LAY

2

10AHEAD(LO LH)

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

2 3

1 5

2 2

2 2

E 2

1

22

1

E 2

EB

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

IF

A

3E20

3E16

IG15

10

11

162

G-W L-O

P

G-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

PP

W-B

W-B

B- RB- R

F12

FRO

NT

FOG

LIG

HT

RH

FRO

NT

FOG

LIG

HT

LHF1

1

C13FOG LIGHT SW[COMB. SW]

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTRELAY (MAIN)

D 8

2 2

1 1

Page 87: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

89

FOG RELAY5-3 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position, dimmer SW at LOW position and fog light SW at ON position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C13 30 F11 28 J9 31

D8 30 F12 28

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

3E 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 36 Front Left Fender

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E2 36 Engine Room Main Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 88: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

90

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT

2 1

17 E

B

15AHORN, HAZ

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1F

10ATURN

1J5

1D6

1E11

1D7

1D5

1D10

1E7

1D11

1D9

3E21

3E16

A

IE

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

1 1

2

1

2

1

EB

A

IF

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

1H131H12

1J8

1J6

1C

5

1J2

OFF

ON

RH

LH

IL13IE14

A

A

A

45 1 2 1 2 3

7 6HAZARD SWH 7

TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW]C13

FLASH RELAY

RE

AR

TU

RN

SIG

NA

L LI

GH

T L

H[R

EA

R C

OM

B.

LIG

HT

LH]

R 7

FRO

NT

TU

RN

SIG

NA

LLI

GH

T LH

F 3

FRO

NT

TU

RN

SIG

NA

LLI

GH

T R

H

F 4

RE

AR

TU

RN

SIG

NA

L LI

GH

T R

H[R

EA

R C

OM

B.

LIG

HT

RH

]

R 8

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 1

L-W

R-B

G-R

Y-R

Y-G

G-Y

Y-G

W-B

Y-G

Y-G

G-Y

G-Y

G-Y

W-B

W-B

W-B

Y-G

G-Y

Y-G

Y-R

G-Y

L-W

W-B

2

1

3

LH RH

Y- R

B

W-B

Y-G

C27

TU

RN

SIG

NA

L IN

DIC

AT

OR

LIG

HT

[CO

MB

. M

ETE

R]

BE

, C

29

1

Page 89: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

91

FLASH RELAY2-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW on or hazard SW on1-GROUND : Changes from 12 to 0 volts with ignition SW on and turn signal SW at LH or RH position,

or with hazard SW on3-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C13 30 F4 28 J9 31

C27 E 30 H7 31 R7 33

C29 B 30 J1 29 R8 33

F3 28 J4 31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1D24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1F

1H 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J

( )

3E 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE1 38 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IL1 40 Cowl Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 36 Front Left Fender

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

SERVICE HINTS

Page 90: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

92

INTERIOR LIGHT

IE

E13

12 E12 D 15 E

2 IH1

IF

3E21

3E16

BR

1H2 8 1J

2 1A1A7

9 IE2O

NDO

OR

ON

OF

F

1

2

1

7 3C10 3C8 3C

4 1F

B 2 B 2

1F3

DO

OR

OF

F

3

3 1A6 1E

2

15A

DO

ME

V 9

VA

NIT

Y L

IGH

T R

H

M 3

PE

RS

ON

AL

LIG

HT

[MO

ON

RO

OF

CO

NTR

OL

RE

LAY

AN

D S

W]

( *1)

I17

INTE

RIO

R L

IGH

T (

FRO

NT

)

I18

INTE

RIO

R L

IGH

T (

RE

AR

)

E17E9

1 1

E8

1 1

IE214 IL18

I 5

E7

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

FRO

NT

LH

D16

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

FRO

NT

RH

D17

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

RE

AR

LH

D18

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

RE

AR

RH

D19

B

B-W B-R

B-R

B-R

B-R

B-R

B-WB

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

1

I13

IGN

ITIO

N K

EY

CY

LIN

DE

R L

IGH

T

L-Y

LG

L-Y

LG-R

L-Y

L-Y

L-Y

L-Y

L-Y

L-Y

L- Y L- Y

* 3 : W/ PERSONAL LIGHT

* 1 : W/ MOON ROOF

LG-B

W-B

* 2 : W/O MOON ROOF

W-B

(* 2)

LG-R

L-Y

OPENDOOR

LG- B

W- B

W- B

LG-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

AA

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 4

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 9

( *3)

( *1)

( *1)

C27

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ETE

R

DE

, C

2811

2 2

1

2IE15

L-Y

BH

11 E

22

IE28

BR24

BS15

BR13

BS13

1

2

7

18

7

G-W

V-W

V-W

V-W

V-W

L-W

W-B

W-B

W-B

MPX1 B/D CTY

BCTY

MPX1

BA

CK

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

W

B 9

BA

CK

DO

OR

EC

UB

18

BODY ECUB16

PE

RS

ON

AL

LIG

HT

( *2)

P 3

FRO

M B

OD

Y E

CU

I 9

I 9

B

B- W

Page 91: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

93

NORMAL OPERATION∗ When the front door LH, RH rear door LH or RH is opened

When the door is opened, the interior light (Front) and open door warning light is turned on. When the front door LH, RHrear door LH and RH are closed, the interior light (Front) is turned off.

∗ When the back door is opened, interior light (Rear) and the open door warning light is turned on. When back door isclosed, the interior light (Rear) is turned off.

∗ When all the doors are closed, the open door warning light is turned off.

ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM∗ When driver’s door is opened, the ignition key cylinder light is turned on.∗ The ignition key cylinder light remains on for approx. 5 seconds after driver’s door is closed.

D16, D17, D18, D19 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1-GROUND : Closed with door open

B9 BACK DOOR COURTESY SW1-2 : Closed with door open

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B9 32 D17 32 J4 31

B16 30 D18 32 J9 31

B18 32 D19 32 M3 33

C27 E 30 I13 31 P3 33

C28 D 30 I17 32 V9 33

D16 32 I18 32

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1A 24 Roof Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1F

1H 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J

( )

3C26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE138 Cowl Wire and Floor No 2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE238 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IH1 40 Roof Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Left)

IL1 40 Cowl Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BR142 Back Door No 1 Wire and Floor No 2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BR242 Back Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BS1 42 Back Door No.1 Wire and Back Door No.2 Wire (Back Door Left)

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 92: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

94

INTERIOR LIGHT

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

BH 42 Left Quarter Panel Inner

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I540 Cowl Wire

B2 42 Roof Wire

I940 Cowl Wire

Page 93: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

95

MEMO

Page 94: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

96

TAILLIGHT

A

J14

R-G

B

R-G

10ATAIL

2

1

2

2

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

1B7

AB

AB

AB

BC

1B5

3F13

2

3F17

2 2

IE222

IL116

BR13

IG115

BS13

BR19

BS19

2

1

2

1

120AALT

1

2

5 1

3 2

A

IE

J 4

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

EB BH

1E4

23 3

1

14

BATTERY

TA

IL R

ELA

Y

FR

ON

T P

AR

KIN

GLI

GH

T LH

F 1

FR

ON

T P

AR

KIN

GLI

GH

T R

H

F 2

LIC

EN

SE

PLA

TE L

IGH

TL

1 TA

ILLI

GH

T L

H[R

EA

R C

OM

B.

LIG

HT

LH]

R 7

TA

ILLI

GH

T R

H[R

EA

R C

OM

B.

LIG

HT

RH

]

R 8

G

GGB G

GG

G

GG

W

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

B

W-B

W-B

R-W

G

R- G

G G

LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

C13

AA

AA

AA

16

LH RH

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

W-B

R-G

J 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BA , J 2

J 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

AA

G

B

6

2

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ETE

RC

27

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 5

TO B

OD

Y E

CU

Page 95: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

97

C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]14-16 : Closed with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position

TAIL RELAY5-3 : Closed with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C13 30 J1 A 29 J14 32

C27 30 J2 B 29 L1 32

F1 28 J4 31 R7 33

F2 28 J5 31 R8 33

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1B 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3F 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE2 38 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IL1 40 Cowl Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BR1 42 Back Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BS1 42 Back Door No.1 Wire and Back Door No.2 Wire (Back Door Left)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 36 Front Left Fender

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

BH 42 Left Quarter Panel Inner

SERVICE HINTS

Page 96: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

98

ILLUMINATION

1B5

11 3F

6

3F1812 3F

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W-B

W- BI13

5

1B

14 3F

4 1E

9

10A

TA

IL

2

1

2

2

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

2

2 2

17 3F

9

4

2

1

120AALT

1

2

5 1

3 2

A

IE

BATTERY

TA

IL R

ELA

Y

GLO

VE

BO

X L

IGH

TG

3

A/T

SH

IFT

LE

VE

R IL

LUM

INA

TIO

N[S

HIF

T L

OC

K C

ON

TR

OL

CO

MP

UTE

R]

S 3

B

C

B A

W

W-G

W-B

B

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

[CO

MB

. S

W]

C13

8

8

16

W-B

J 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BA , J 2

15 IG1

12

16

15

2

19 3F

3F2 3F7 3F8 3F6

2

1

3F10

CE

NTE

R C

LUS

TE

R S

WC

23

H 7

HA

ZAR

D S

W

A31

A/C

AM

PLI

FIE

R

A/C

AM

PLI

FIE

RA

12

CIG

AR

ET

TE L

IGH

TER

ILLU

MIN

AT

ION

C 5

W-G

W-G

W-G

W-G

GGG G G G GW

-G

GG

G

G G

(*5)

( *2)

( *2)

( *5)

W- G

B

14

B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

R- W

R- GR- G

R- W

R- G

R-G

Page 97: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

99

9

2

2

1

3

2

IF

3E20

16 3E

3F16 3D13 3D14 3D18

3F20 3D20

3F9 3F1 3F4 3F5

I19

AS

HT

RA

Y IL

LUM

INA

TIO

NA

22

BA

CK

WIN

DO

W L

OC

K S

WB

5 RH

EO

STA

TR

6

G G G G

GW

-G

W-G

W-G

W-G

W-G

W-G

W-G

W-B

W-B

W-B

G

W- G

A10

B5

1

A

ILLU

MIN

ATI

ON

3 2

( *3) V

LG( *3)

( *4)

( *4)

G

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

L E

( *1)

T

( *1)

R 1

RA

DIO

AN

D P

LAY

ER

( *3)

OR

STE

RE

O P

OW

ER

AM

PLI

FIE

R( *

4)

BA

, R

2

* 3 : BUILT- IN TYPE AMPLIFIER* 2 : AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING* 1 : W/ BACK WINDOW LOCK SW

* 5 : MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING* 4 : SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER

W- G

R- W

R- G

R-W

R-G

E6

E2 D11

D10

C27

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ET

ER

DE

, C

28

Page 98: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

100

ILLUMINATION

C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]14-16 : Closed with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position

TAIL RELAY5-3 : Closed with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position

R6 RHEOSTAT1-2 : Approx. 12 volts with rheostat fully turned counterclockwise and 0 volts with fully turned clockwise

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A12 30 C27 E 30 J5 31

A22 30 C28 D 30 J9 31

A31 30 G3 31 R1 A 31

B5 30 H7 31 R2 B 31

C5 30 J1 A 29 R6 31

C13 30 J2 B 29 S3 31

C23 30 J4 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1B 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3D

3E 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3F

( g )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I13 40 Cowl Wire I19 40 Cowl Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 99: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

101

MEMO

Page 100: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

102

STOP LIGHT

B

B

1F2

10ASTOP

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1

2

3C15

3C16

2

1

IE210

BR13

IL110

BR14

BH

HIGH MOUNTEDSTOP LIGHT

H 8STOP LIGHT LH[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

R 7STOP LIGHT RH[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

R 8

STOP LIGHTSW

S 4

G-W

G-W

G-W

G-W

G-W

G-W

W-B

W-B

G-Y

2 2

BG- W

G-W

I10G- W

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14

Page 101: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

103

S4 STOP LIGHT SW2-1 : Closed with brake pedal depressed

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

H8 32 R7 33 S4 31

J14 32 R8 33

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3C 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE2 38 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IL1 40 Cowl Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BR1 42 Back Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

BH 42 Left Quarter Panel Inner

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I10 40 Cowl Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 102: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

104

BACK-UP LIGHT

I17

W-L

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1F7

II420

IE221 IL17

II419

1D

W-L

1D1

4

BACK- UP LIGHT LH[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

R 7BACK- UP LIGHT RH[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

R 8

4 4

W-L

W-L

W-L

W-L

B-Y

B-Y

W- L

W-L

2

3

BACK- UP LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

P 1

Page 103: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

105

P1 BACK-UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]3-2 : Closed with shift lever in R position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

P1 29 R7 33 R8 33

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1F24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE2 38 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

II4 40 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

IL1 40 Cowl Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I17 40 Cowl Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 104: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

106

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1F8

B12E5

D

D

1K5

1C6

B

B

E6

IG115

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

A

IE

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

E1 E2 E17 E9

1

A

13 14

16

5 1

3 2

2 2

22

31

42

2

C13LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

FRO

NT

LH

D16

C29

, E

B

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ETE

R

C27

BATTERY

120A

ALT

TAIL

RE

LAY

HE

AD

RE

LAY

B-Y

R

R-G

R-G

R

B-Y

R

R-GB

RR-B

W

R-Y

R-W

W-B B

W-B

R-G

1

2

W- B

(*1)

D 8

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

(M

AIN

)

(* 2)

(*2)

G

RD

6

7

* 2 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 1 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 5

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 3

Page 105: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

107

With the ignition SW turned on, the current flows to TERMINAL (B) 12 of the combination meter through GAUGE fuse.Voltage is applied at all times to TERMINAL (E) 6 of the combination meter through the TAIL relay (Coil side), and toTERMINAL (E) 5 of the combination meter through the HEAD relay (Coil side) [w/o daytime running light] or through thedaytime running light relay (Main) [w/ daytime running light].

1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION(Turn taillight on)With the light control SW turned to TAIL position, a signal is input into TERMINAL (E) 2 of the combination meter. Accordingto this signal, the current flowing to TERMINAL (E) 6 of the combination meter flows from TERMINAL (E) 2 to TERMINAL 14of the light control SW to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND and TAIL relay causes taillight to turn on.

(Turn headlight on)With the light control SW turned to HEAD position, the signals are input into TERMINALS (E) 1 and (E) 2 of the combinationmeter. According to these signals, the current flowing to TERMINAL (E) 5 of the combination meter flows to TERMINAL (E) 1to TERMINAL 13 of the light control SW to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND in the headlight circuit, and causes TAIL and HEADrelay to turn the light on. The taillight circuit is same as above.

2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATIONWith the lights on and the ignition SW turned off (Input signal goes to TERMINAL (B) 12 of the combination meter), whendoor on front LH side is opened (Input signal goes to TERMINAL (E) 9 of the combination meter), the relay operates and thecurrent is cut off which flows from TERMINAL (E) 6 of the combination meter to TERMINAL (E) 2 in taillight circuit and fromTERMINAL (E) 5 to TERMINAL (E) 1 in headlight circuit. As a result, all lights are turned off automatically.

C27 (E), C29 (B) COMBINATION METER(E) 1-GROUND : Continuity with the light control SW at HEAD position(E) 2-GROUND : Continuity with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position(E) 9-GROUND : Continuity with the front LH door open(B)12-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position(E)17-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C13 30 D8 30 J4 31

C27 E 30 D16 32 J5 31

C29 B 30 J3 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1F24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1K 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 106: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

108

TRAILER TOWING

10ATURN

1J5

OFF

ON

15AHORN, HAZ

1F5

LH

RH

1J6 1C5

1J2

1D6 1D10 1D7 1D11

1J8

IE14 IE17

10ATAIL

2

10ASTOP

1F2

25ATOWING

2

AB

BC

1E4

1B7

IE222G

3C15

3C16

IE210

G-W

B

B

IG31

IE36

R-B

G-R

Y-R

W-B

Y-G

G-Y

Y-G

G-Y

Y-G

Y-G

G-Y

G-Y

G

G-W

G-W

BB

B

1

2

STOPLIGHT SW

S 4

G

G-Y

G-W

5 4 1 2

Y- R

2 1

3

FLASHRELAY

3E21

3E16

A

IF

W-B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

TRAILERCONVERTER

T 9

TRAILERSOCKET

T10

G

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BJ

1A

, J

2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14

4 10 3 9 8

TL TR TAIL +B

W- B

3

5 2 6 1

1 2 4

GND TLST TRST TLLP

GND TLST TRST TLLP

L R L

BH

W-B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

7 6 2

1 3

Y- R

L-W

HAZARD SWH 7 TURN SIGNAL

SW[COMB. SW]

C13

2

1

1D91H12

2

1

Page 107: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

109

T9 TRAILER CONVERTER8-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts5-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C13 30 J2 B 29 S4 31

H7 31 J9 31 T9 33

J1 A 29 J14 32 T10 33

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1B

1C 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1D

( )

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1F

1H 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J

( )

3C26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE1

IE2 38 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE3

( )

IG3 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

BH 42 Left Quarter Panel Inner

SERVICE HINTS

Page 108: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

110

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

15ADOME

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

1E6

1A2

3E21

1A3

1J8

3E6

IF

A

1

2

L-Y

L-Y

W-B

W-B

W-B

GARAGEDOOR OPENER

G 4

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

2

1

Page 109: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

111

G4 GARAGE DOOR OPENER2-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts1-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

G4 32 J9 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1A 24 Roof Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3E 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

SERVICE HINTS

Page 110: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

112

POWER WINDOW

10AECU- IG

30APOWER

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

1

B16

BODY ECU

A

3 2

5 1

1J81C21C11C4

A19

1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

IF

A

16 3E

21 3E

A4

E

B5

GND

B6

LMT

B7

PLS

A2

DD

A1

DU

A3

BW

A10

B

I 1

IF211 4 IF2 IF21

I 5 AC

BA

M

1 2 3 4 5

J10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BA , J11

P 7

POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

BA , P26

POWER WINDOW MOTORFRONT LH

P 8

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

WFR

ON

T LH

D16

L

L- R

L- R

W- B

L

L- R

L

L- R

B

L-R L LG L-Y

G-W

G-R

G-B

W-B

W-B

L-R

L-RL

W-B

L-R L

W-B

PW

R R

ELA

Y

L- R

2 8

3 10

ECU- IGPOWER

DCTYGNDP/W

Page 111: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

113

P 7

POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

BA , P26

A7

PU

A8

PD

IF18 IF17

IK12

8 9

B3

AUTO

B2

SWL

IF118 IF19

IK13 IK112

10 11

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

IE

A

6 IK1

A

M

2 1 4 3 5

9 A

RLU

A11

RLD

IF26 IF25

BW16 BW15

POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR LH

P10

L-Y

LG

21

13

25

4

UP

DO

WN

M

BW12

SDSU

U D

B

13 A

RRU

A14

RRD

IF28 IF27

BX16 BX15

POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR RH

P11

L-Y

LG

21

13

25

4U

P

DO

WN

M

BX12

SDSU

U D

B

24361127

POWER WINDOW MOTORFRONT RH

P 9

POWER WINDOW CONTROL SWFRONT RH

P 4

P 6

PO

WE

R W

IND

OW

CO

NTR

OL

SW

RE

AR

RH

PO

WE

R W

IND

OW

CO

NTR

OL

SW

RE

AR

LH

P 5

L

L- R

L- R

W- B

R-B

R-G

GR

-B

GR

-R R-L

R-Y Y G

GY

R-Y

R-L

GR

-R

GR

-B

R-B

R-G

R-B

R-G

GR

-B

GR

-R

R-Y G R-Y G

G-B

G-W

G-R

L-Y

LGW-BL

W-B

L-R

L-R

L-R

L-R

SWLAUTOSDSU

+B E U D LMT+ PLS+ SGND

I24

I23

GY

G

Y

FR

OM

DIO

DE

( BA

CK

WIN

DO

W)

IK117

Page 112: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

114

POWER WINDOW

With the ignition SW turned on, current flows through the ECU-IG fuse to TERMINAL 10 of the body ECU. This activates theECU and at all times the current flowing to TERMINAL 3 of the ECU, TERMINAL (A) 3 of the power window master SW andTERMINAL 7 of the power window control SW front RH from POWER fuse. When the ignition SW turned on, current flows toTERMINAL 5 of the PWR relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL (A) 10 of the power window master SW and TERMINAL 4 ofthe power window control SW (Rear LH, rear RH).

1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S SW)With the ignition SW turned on and with the power window master SW (Manual SW) in UP position, the current flowing toTERMINAL (A) 10 of the power window master SW flows to TERMINAL (A) 1 to TERMINAL 1 of the power window motorfront LH to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (A) 2 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL (A) 4 to GROUND and causesthe power window motor to rotate in the up direction. The window ascends only while the SW is being pushed (Manual upposition). In down operation, the flow of current from TERMINAL (A) 10 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL (A) 2to TERMINAL 2 of the power window motor front LH to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL (A) 1 of the power window master SW toTERMINAL (A) 4 to GROUND, flowing in the opposite direction to manual up operation and causing the motor to rotate inreverse, lowering the window.For the other windows, as the power window master SW is operated, the relevant door window is opened or closed.

2. MANUAL OPERATION (FRONT PASSENGER’S SW)With the power window control SW pulled to the up side, current flowing from TERMINAL 7 of the power window control SWto TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 2 of the power window motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 6 of the power window controlSW to TERMINAL 12 to GROUND and causes the power window motor to rotate in the up direction. Up operation continuesonly while the power window control SW is pulled to the up side (Manual up position). When the window descends, thecurrent flowing to the motor flows in the opposite direction, from TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 1, and the motor rotates inreverse. When the window lock SW is pushed to the lock side, the ground circuit to the front passenger’s SW becomesopen. As a result, even if Open/Close operation of the front passenger’s window is tried, the current from TERMINAL 12 ofthe power window control SW is not grounded and the motor does not rotate, so the front passenger’s window can not beoperated and window lock occurs.

3. MANUAL OPERATION (REAR LH, RH SW)With the power window control SW pulled to the up side, current flowing from TERMINAL 4 of the power window control SWto TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the power window motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 1 of the power window controlSW to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (A) 11 or (A) 14 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL (A) 4 to GROUND andcauses the power window motor to rotate in the up direction. Up operation continues only while the power window controlSW is pulled to the up side. When the window descends, the current flowing to the motor flows in the opposite direction, fromTERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 2, and the motor rotates in reverse. When the window lock SW is pushed to the lock side, theground circuit to the rear LH, RH window becomes open. As a result, even if Open/Close operation of the rear LH, RHwindow is tried, the current from TERMINAL (A) 4 of the power window master SW is not grounded and the motor does notrotate, so the rear LH, RH window can not be operated and window lock occurs.

4. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN (DRIVER’S WINDOW)When the manual SW (Power window master SW) is pulled to the up side during auto down operation, a ground circuitopens in the master SW and current does not flow from TERMINAL (A) 1 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL (A)4, so the motor stops, causing auto down operation to stop. If the manual SW is pulled continuously, the motor rotates in theup direction in manual up operation.

5. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN (FRONT PASSENGER’S WINDOW)When the manual SW (Power window master SW or power window control SW front RH) is pulled to the up side during autodown operation, a ground circuit opens in the control SW and current does not flow from TERMINAL 1 of the power windowcontrol SW front RH to TERMINAL 12, so the motor stops, causing auto down operation to stop. If the manual SW is pulledcontinuously, the motor rotates in the up direction in manual up operation.

6. STOPPING OF AUTO UP (DRIVER’S WINDOW)When the manual SW (Power window master SW) is pushed to the down side during auto up operation, a ground circuitopens in the master SW and current does not flow from TERMINAL (A) 2 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL (A)4, so the motor stops, causing auto up operation to stop. If the manual SW is pushed continuously, the motor rotates in thedown direction in manual down operation.

7. STOPPING OF AUTO UP (FRONT PASSENGER’S WINDOW)When the manual SW (Power window master SW or power window control SW front RH) is pushed to the down side duringauto up operation, a ground circuit opens in the control SW and current does not flow from TERMINAL 6 of the powerwindow control SW front RH to TERMINAL 12, so the motor stops, causing auto up operation to stop. If the manual SW ispushed continuously, the motor rotates in the down direction in manual down operation.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 113: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

115

8. AUTO DOWN OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)With the ignition SW on and with the auto SW of the power window master SW in DOWN position, current flowing toTERMINAL (A) 10 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL (A) 2 to TERMINAL 2 of the power window motor front LHto TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL (A)1 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL (A) 4 to GROUND, causing the motor torotate towards the down side. Then the solenoid in the power window master SW is activated and it locks the auto SW beingpushed, causing the motor to continue to rotate in auto down operation. When the window has completely descended, thecurrent flow between TERMINAL (A) 1 of the power window master SW and TERMINAL (A) 4 increases. As a result, thesolenoid stops operating, the auto SW turns off and flow from TERMINAL (A) 10 of the power window master SW toTERMINAL (A) 2 is cut off, stopping the motor so that auto stop occurs.

9. AUTO DOWN OPERATION (FRONT PASSENGER’S WINDOW)With the ignition SW on and with the auto SW of the power window master SW or power window control SW front RH inDOWN position, current flowing to TERMINAL 7 of the power window control SW front RH to TERMINAL 6 to TERMINAL 1of the power window motor front RH to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 1 of the power window control SW front RH toTERMINAL 12 to GROUND, causing the motor to rotate towards the down side. Then the solenoid in the power windowcontrol SW front RH is activated and it locks the auto SW being pushed, causing the motor to continue to rotate in auto downoperation. When the window has completely descended, the current flow between TERMINAL 6 of the power window controlSW front RH and TERMINAL 12 increases. As a result, the solenoid stops operating, the auto SW turns off and flow fromTERMINAL 7 of the power window control SW front RH to TERMINAL 6 is cut off, stopping the motor so that auto stopoccurs.

10. AUTO UP OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)With the ignition SW on and with the auto SW of the power window master SW in UP position, current flowing to TERMINAL(A) 10 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL (A) 1 to TERMINAL 1 of the power window motor front LH toTERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (A) 2 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL (A) 4 to GROUND, causing the motor torotate towards the up side. Then the solenoid in the power window master SW is activated and it locks the auto SW beingpulled, causing the motor to continue to rotate in auto up operation. When the window has completely descended, thecurrent flow between TERMINAL (A) 2 of the power window master SW and TERMINAL (A) 4 increases. As a result, thesolenoid stops operating, the auto SW turns off and flow from TERMINAL (A) 10 of the power window master SW toTERMINAL (A) 1 is cut off, stopping the motor so that auto stop occurs.

11. AUTO UP OPERATION (FRONT PASSENGER’S WINDOW)With the ignition SW on and with the auto SW of the power window master SW or power window control SW front RH in UPposition, current flowing to TERMINAL 7 of the power window control SW front RH to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 2 of thepower window motor front RH to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 6 of the power window control SW front RH to TERMINAL 12 toGROUND, causing the motor to rotate towards the up side. Then the solenoid in the power window control SW front RH isactivated and it locks the auto SW being pulled, causing the motor to continue to rotate in auto up operation. When thewindow has completely descended, the current flow between TERMINAL 6 of the power window control SW front RH andTERMINAL 12 increases. As a result, the solenoid stops operating, the auto SW turns off and flow from TERMINAL 7 of thepower window control SW front RH to TERMINAL 1 is cut off, stopping the motor so that auto stop occurs.

12. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATIONWith the ignition SW turned from on to off, the body ECU operates and current flows from the POWER fuse to TERMINAL 3of the body ECU to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 1 of the PWR relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND for about 43 seconds. Thesame as normal operation, the current flows from the POWER fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the PWR relay to TERMINAL 3 toTERMINAL (A) 10 of the power window master SW, TERMINAL 4 (Rear LH, RH) of the power window control SW and signalinput in to the TERMINAL 11 of the power window control SW front RH. As a result, for about 43 seconds after the ignitionSW is turned off, it is possible to raise and lower the power window by the functioning of this ECU. Also, by opening the frontdoor LH (the door courtesy SW front LH on) within about 43 seconds after turning the ignition SW to off, a signal is input toTERMINAL (A) 19 of the body ECU. As a result, the ECU turns off and up and down movement of the window stops.Furthermore, front RH, rear LH, RH window operate the same as the above circuit.

13. CATCHING PREVENTION FUNCTION (DRIVER’S, FRONT PASSENGER’S WINDOW)When any foreign matter is caught in the window during power window auto up operation, the pulse sensor in the powerwindow motor detects the changes in the number of motor rotations and forcibly opens the door window 50 mm, or when thewindow opening is less then 200 mm, it opens the window until the opening is 200 mm.

Page 114: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

116

POWER WINDOW

B16 (A) BODY ECU3-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

10-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position(A)19-GROUND : Continuity with front LH door opened

8-GROUND : Always continuity

PWR RELAY5-3 : Closed with ignition SW on and stays at 12 volts for 43 seconds after the ignition SW is turned off,

but if a door is opened in this 43 seconds period, voltage will drop to 0 volts

D16 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH1-GROUND : Continuity with door opened

P4 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW FRONT RH7-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

12-GROUND : Always continuity

P5, P6 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR LH, RH4-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW on and stays at 12 volts for 43 seconds after the ignition SW is turned off,

but if a door is opened in this 43 seconds period, voltage will drop to 0 volts

P7 (A) POWER WINDOW MASTER SW(A) 4-GROUND : Always continuity(A)10-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW on and stays at 12 volts for 43 seconds after the ignition SW

is turned off, but if a door is opened in this 43 seconds period, voltage will drop to 0 volts(A) 3-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

WINDOW LOCK SWOpen with window lock SW at LOCK position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B16 A 30 J11 B 31 P8 33

D16 32 P4 33 P9 33

J4 31 P5 33 P10 33

J9 31 P6 33 P11 33

J10 A 31 P7 A 33 P26 B 33

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3E 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IF138 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IF238 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IK1 40 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BW1 42 Rear Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Center Pillar)

BX1 42 Rear Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Center Pillar)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

SERVICE HINTS

Page 115: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

117

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I140 Cowl Wire

I2340 Cowl Wire

I540 Cowl Wire

I2440 Cowl Wire

Page 116: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

118

DOOR LOCK CONTROL15

A M

PX

-B

2

8

IG113

10A

EC

U-I

G

A10

30A

PO

WE

R

1J8

IF

3E21

3E16

A19 A16

1 1

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

IF12 IF112

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

IK114 IK14

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

IF13 IF14

1

2

A2

IE

IF21 IK16

B 1

B 5

A4 (*1)

B4 (*2)

B3 B2 (*2)A6 A12 (*1)

I10

A13 A11 A12

1H10 1H9

I10

I10

B 1

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

W- B W- B W- B

W- B

R

R- W

W- B

BR- W

L- R

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

R

R-W

G-Y

BR

-W

L-B

BR

-W

Y-R

Y-R

B-WB

W-B

W-B

W-B

R-W R

R-W R

BR

-W

G-Y

G-Y

BR

-W

L-B

L-R

2 2

1 3 1 3

A A AA

A

A

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

W F

RO

NT

LHD

16

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

W F

RO

NT

RH

D17

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 6

UN

LOC

K W

AR

NIN

G S

WU

1

W-B DO

OR

KE

Y L

OC

K A

ND

UN

LOC

K S

W F

RO

NT

LH

D20

DO

OR

KE

Y L

OC

K A

ND

UN

LOC

K S

W F

RO

NT

RH

D21

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

ECU- B DCTY PCTY KSW UL3 L2 UL2 L1 UL1GND

10 3

ECU- IG POWER

11 12

BR

-W

L-B

B16

BODY ECU

A

DO

OR

LO

CK

CO

NTR

OL

SW

FRO

NT

LH( *

2)

P 7

DO

OR

LO

CK

CO

NTR

OL

SW

FRO

NT

LH[P

OW

ER

WIN

DO

W M

AS

TE

R S

W](

*1)

BA

D22

2

11

2

Page 117: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

119

ACT+

B10

BA

CK

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TO

R

(* 1)5 A6 A(*2)2 B3 B

(*2)4 B

(*1)3 A

15 IK15 IK1

B 5

1

4

M

3

2

IF212 IF22

1

4

M

3

2

IK113IF23

A17 A23 A14

BE

AD AD

BX11

M

AE A

BD

E

BX14

I 1

BW11

M

BW14

I 2

M

BS110

IE111

BR15

BR110

BS14

IE18

1H7

I 2

1H6

R- W

R

W- B

W- B

B- Y

L- W

L- W

L- W

L- W

B- YB- Y

R-W R

R-L

L-W

P-G

W-B

L-Y

L-W

R-W R R-L

R-L

B-Y

L-Y

L-W

B-Y

L-Y

L-W

L-W

L-W

L-W

L-W

L-W

L-W

B-Y

B-Y

B-Y

B-Y

B-Y

B-Y

B-Y

B-Y

W-B

B-Y

W-B

P-G

L-W

B-Y

3 33

222

W- B

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

RE

AR

LH

D26

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

RE

AR

RH

D27

D25

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

AN

DD

OO

R U

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

WFR

ON

T R

H

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

AN

DD

OO

R U

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

WFR

ON

T L

H

D24

LSWD ACTD LSWP ACT-

14 15

B16

BODY ECU

A

BD

23,

A

DO

OR

LO

CK

CO

NTR

OL

SW

FRO

NT

RH

* 1 : W/ POWER WINDOW* 2 : W/O POWER WINDOW

J10

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BA

, J1

1J1

0

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BA

, J1

1

I 1

L-W

I 8

L-W

L-W

B-Y

B- Y

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

Page 118: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

120

DOOR LOCK CONTROL

Current always flows to TERMINAL POWER of the body ECU through the POWER fuse.

1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATIONTo push door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW to LOCK position, a lock signal is input to TERMINAL L1 or L2of the body ECU and causes the body ECU to function. Current flows from TERMINAL POWER of the body ECU toTERMINAL ACT+ to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL ACT- and ACTD of the body ECUto TERMINAL GND to GROUND and the door lock motor causes the door to lock.

2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATIONTo push door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW to UNLOCK position, an unlock signal is input to TERMINALUL1, UL2 or UL3 of the body ECU and causes the body ECU to function. Current flows from TERMINAL POWER of thebody ECU to TERMINAL ACT- and ACTD to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL ACT+ ofthe body ECU to TERMINAL GND to GROUND and the door lock motor causes the door to unlock.

3. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION∗ Operating door lock knob (in door lock motor operation)

With ignition key in cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the driver’s door is opened (Door courtesy SW on) andlocked using the driver’s door lock knob (Door lock motor), the driver’s door is locked once but all door is unlocked soonby the function of the body ECU. As a result, the current flows from TERMINAL POWER of the body ECU to TERMINALACT- and ACTD to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL ACT+ of the body ECU toTERMINAL GND to GROUND and causes all the door to unlock.For front passenger’s door, as driver’s door lock knob operated, the door lock motor is operated.

∗ Operating door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SWWith ignition key in cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the door is opened (Door courtesy SW on) and locked usingdoor lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW, all door lock is locked once but all door is unlocked by thefunction of SW contained in motor, which inputs the signal to TERMINAL LSWD or LSWP of the body ECU. According tothis input signal, the current in the body ECU flows from TERMINAL POWER of the body ECU to TERMINAL ACT- andACTD to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL ACT+ of the body ECU to TERMINALGND to GROUND and causes all the doors to unlock.

4. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATIONWhen the door key lock and unlock SW front LH is turned to the unlock side, only the driver’s door is unlocked. Turning thedoor key lock and unlock SW front LH to the unlock side causes a signal to be input to TERMINAL UL3 of the body ECU,and if the signal input again within 3 seconds by turning the SW to the unlock side again, current flows from TERMINALPOWER of the body ECU to TERMINAL ACT- and ACTD to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 toTERMINAL ACT+ of the body ECU to TERMINAL GND to GROUND and the door lock motor causes all the doors to unlock.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 119: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

121

B16 (A) BODY ECU10-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position

8-GROUND : Always continuity3-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

15-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts for 0.2 seconds with following operations.∗ Door lock control SW unlocked.∗ Door lock control SW locked with ignition key in cylinder and driver’s door open.(Ignition key reminder function)∗ Door lock knob locked with ignition key in cylinder and driver’s door open.(Ignition key reminder function)∗ Unlocking the passenger’s door cylinder with key.∗ Double operation unlocking the driver’s door cylinder with key.

14-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts for 0.2 seconds with following operations.∗ Door lock control SW locked.∗ Locking the driver’s, passenger’s door cylinder with key.

(A)17-GROUND : Continuity with driver’s door lock knob unlocked.(A)14-GROUND : Continuity with Front passenger’s door lock knob unlocked.(A)23-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts for 0.2 seconds with following operations.

∗ Door lock control SW unlocked.∗ Door lock control SW locked with ignition key in cylinder and driver’s door open.(Ignition key reminder function)∗ Door lock knob locked with ignition key in cylinder and driver’s door open.(Ignition key reminder function)∗ Unlocking the driver’s door cylinder with key.

D20, D21 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH, RH3-2 : Closed with door lock cylinder unlocked with key.1-2 : Closed with door lock cylinder locked with key.

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B10 32D23

A 32 J6 31

B16 A 30D23

B 32 J9 31

D16 32 D24 32 J10 A 31

D17 32 D25 32 J11 B 31

D20 32 D26 32 P7 A 33

D21 32 D27 32 U1 31

D22 B 32 J4 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1H24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3E 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 120: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

122

DOOR LOCK CONTROL

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE1 38 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IF138 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IF238 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IK1 40 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BR1 42 Back Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BS1 42 Back Door No.1 Wire and Back Door No.2 Wire (Back Door Left)

BW1 42 Rear Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Center Pillar)

BX1 42 Rear Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Center Pillar)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I1 I10 40 Cowl Wire

I2 40 Cowl Wire B1 42 Front Door LH Wire

I8 B5 42 Front Door RH Wire

Page 121: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

123

MEMO

Page 122: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

124

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

RCTY

15 A

D19

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

W R

EA

R R

H

D18

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

W R

EA

R L

HB

-R

A19 A16

1 11

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

IF12 IF112

LOC

K

UN

LOC

KIK114 IK14

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

IF13 IF14

1

2

A2

IE

IF21 IK16

B 1

B 5

A4 (*1)

B4 (*2)

B3 B2 (*2)A6 A12 (*1)

I10

A13 A11 A12

1H10 1H9

I10

I10

B 1

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

W- B W- B W- B

W- B

R

R- W

W- B

BR- W

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

R

R-W

G-Y

BR

-W

L-B

BR

-W

Y-R

Y-R

B-WB

R-W R

R-W R

BR

-W

G-Y

G-Y

BR

-W

L-B

2 2

1 3 1 3

A AA

A

A

1

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

W F

RO

NT

LH

D16

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

W F

RO

NT

RH

D17

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 6

UN

LOC

K W

AR

NIN

G S

WU

1

W-B

DO

OR

KE

Y L

OC

K A

ND

UN

LOC

K S

W F

RO

NT

LH

D20

DO

OR

KE

Y L

OC

K A

ND

UN

LOC

K S

W F

RO

NT

RH

D21

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

DCTY PCTY KSW UL3 L2 UL2 L1 UL1

B

11 12

BR

-W

L-B

DO

OR

LO

CK

CO

NT

RO

L S

WF

RO

NT

LH( *

2)

P 7

DO

OR

LO

CK

CO

NT

RO

L S

WF

RO

NT

LH[P

OW

ER

WIN

DO

W M

AS

TER

SW

]( *1)

BA

D22

I10

IE214 IL18

B-R

B-R

B-R

B-R

B16

BODY ECU

BA , B17

15A

AC

C

1G11

A9

GR

ACC

B-W

Page 123: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

125

LG

LGW

-B

(*1)5 A6 A(*2)2 B3 B

(*2)4 B

(*1)3 A

15 IK15 IK1

B 5

1

4

M

3

2

IF212 IF22

1

4

M

3

2

IK113IF23

A17 A23 A14

BE

AD AD

AE A

BD

E

I 1

LG

W-B

R- W

R

W- B

W- B

L- W

L- WL- W

R-W R

R-L

L-W

P-G

W-B

L-Y

L-W

R-W R R-L

R-L

B-Y

L-Y

L-W

B-Y L-Y

W-B

B-Y

W-B

P-G

L-W

B-Y

W- B

D25

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

AN

DD

OO

R U

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

WF

RO

NT

RH

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

AN

DD

OO

R U

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

WF

RO

NT

LH

D24

LSWD ACTD LSWP

LG

BD

23,

A

DO

OR

LO

CK

CO

NTR

OL

SW

FRO

NT

RH

* 2 : W/O POWER WINDOW* 3 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM

J10

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BA

, J1

1J1

0

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BA

, J1

1

BX17

2

3

B-Y

B- Y

L-W

L-W

1

4

D27

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

AN

DD

OO

R U

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

WR

EA

R R

H

L- W

I 1

4 BX1

M

1 BX1

B8

LSWR

1

4

D26

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

AN

DD

OO

R U

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

WR

EA

R L

H

BW11

M

BW14

L-W

B-Y

7 BW1

3

2

I13

B16

BODY ECU

BA , B17

L-W

LG

W- B W- B

L- W

I 2

B- Y

B- Y

B-Y

BX13 BW13

W-B

(* 3)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

(*3)

* 1 : W/ POWER WINDOW

ACT+

1H7

14

I 1

L-W

I 8

L-W

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

Page 124: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

126

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

BH

4 BR2

5 BS1

8

5 IE216

4

IE2

BA

CK

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

AN

DB

AC

K D

OO

R U

NLO

CK

DE

TE

CTI

ON

SW

B10

1

M

BS110

IE111

BR15

BR110

BS14

IE18

1H6

IE2

3 BR22 BR2

4 BS23 BS2

L-W

L-W

L-W

L- W

B-Y

B-Y

B-Y

B- Y

3

B 9

2

2

1

B 9

3 BS1

ACT-

15

3 BR1

A7

MPX1

15A

MP

X-B

2

IG113

I 1

8 BR1

8 BS1

2 IE1

A10

ECU- B

10A

EC

U-I

G

6 BR1

6 BS1

11 IE2

1G2

8

1J8

IF

3E21

3E13

W-B

W-B

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

GND

W-B

3E16

W-B

I 2

B4

TRY

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

V-W

V- W

V-W

20 18 3 2

V-W

Y L-R

L-RY

Y

L-R

L-R

Y

L-R

L-R

L-B

L- R L- R

W- B

26 7 5 4

1 2

P-B

P-G

P-B

P-G

P-B

P-G

P-B

P-G

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

L-W

W-B

W-B

BA

CK

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

WB

9

GND BCTY BZR1 BZR2

KEYLESS BUZZERK 4

L- W

B- Y

W- B

L-B

LSWB MPX1 IG ECU- B

BACK DOOR ECUB18

B16

BODY ECU

BA , B17 ECU- IG

3 2

5 1

22

IG115

R-GB

R-G

R-G

BB

R- G

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

TA

ILR

ELA

Y

120A

ALT

2 2

1 1

1

2

13

W-B

R-L

BA

CK

WIN

DO

W L

IMIT

SW

B11

LMTW

1 2

BACK WINDOWMOTOR

B12

11R

CLSM

12

G

OPNM

30A

PO

WE

R

3

POWER

1C4

3C3

3C2

1 BR2

5 BS2

6 IE1

1

LL

LL

POWE

10

2

1

L

* 3 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM

(*3)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

B-Y

B-Y

M

Page 125: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

127

In this system, the back door ECU receivers weak radio wave transmitted from the transmitter built-into the ignition key, andoutputs a signal to the body ECU. Accordingly, all the doors are can be locked and unlocked by remote control.

1. NORMAL OPERATION∗ Lock operation

When the lock SW on the transmitter is pressed, all the doors are locked.∗ Unlock operation

When the unlock SW on the transmitter is pressed once, only the driver door is unlocked. When the unlock SW is pressedagain within 3 seconds, all the doors are unlocked.

2. AUTO LOCK FUNCTIONWhen the door is not actually opened within 30 seconds after the door has been unlocked by the unlock SW on thetransmitter, all the doors are automatically locked. If any of the following conditions are detected, the wireless door lock doesnot function.∗ Any door is opened.∗ The ignition key is inserted into the ignition SW.∗ When the unlock detection SW of all the doors are locked.

3. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK STOP FUNCTIONIf any of the following conditions are detected, the wireless door lock does not function.Lock operation∗ When any door is open (Door courtesy SW on)∗ The ignition key is inserted into the ignition SW (Unlock warning SW on)∗ Ignition SW is onUnlock operation∗ Ignition SW is on

4. BUZZER SOUND FUNCTIONDuring lock operation, when the back door ECU receives a lock signal from the door unlock detection SW, the wireless doorlock buzzer goes on once. During unlock operation, when the back door ECU receives an unlock signal from the door unlockdetection SW, the keyless buzzer goes on twice.With any door open, when the back door ECU receives a lock signal from the transmitter, the keyless buzzer goes on forapprox. 10 seconds. If the door is closed, or ignition SW is on, or if the unlock signal is received from the transmitter whilethe buzzer is on, the buzzer stops.

5. VISUAL CONFIRMATION OF LOCK OR UNLOCKDuring lock operation, when the back door ECU receives a lock signal from the door unlock detection SW, the taillight andfront parking light is flashed once. During unlock operation, when the back door ECU receives an unlock signal from the doorunlock detection SW, the taillight and front parking light is flashed twice.

6. PANIC MODE FUNCTIONWhen the panic SW on the transmitter is pressed, the back door ECU receives a signal and enters the panic mode. Thesignal input into the body ECU from the back door ECU turns on (during 60 seconds) the theft deterrent horn, the horn LHand RH, and flashes the front parking light, taillight and headlight. When the panic SW or the unlock SW of the transmitter ispressed during the panic mode, the panic mode is canceled, and the theft deterrent horn, the horn LH and RH stop, and thefront parking light, taillight and headlight are turned off.

7. REPEAT FUNCTIONIf the lock detection signal in response to the output signal is not received after the back door ECU has output the locksignal, the lock signal is output again.

8. BUZZER VOLUME CONTROLThe volume of the keyless buzzer can be set among 5 steps by operating the transmitter, when the ignition SW is off, anydoor open, and the ignition key is not in the ignition key cylinder.

9. BACK WINDOW CONTROLWhen the ignition SW is off, the ignition key is not inserted into the ignition key cylinder, the back window can be opened bypressing the back window open SW of the transmitter for approximately 0.8 seconds. At that time, the keyless buzzer beepsonce.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 126: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

128

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

B16 (A) BODY ECU8-GROUND : Always continuity

3, (A)10-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts10-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position

D24, D25, D26, D27 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH2-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at lock operation3-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at unlock operation

B10 BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND BACK DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW2-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at lock operation3-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at unlock operation

B18 BACK DOOR ECU2-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts3-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position

26-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B9 32 D19 32 J4 31

B10 32 D20 32 J5 31

B11 32 D21 32 J6 31

B12 32 D22 B 32 J9 31

B16 A 30D23

A 32 J10 A 31

B17 B 30D23

B 32 J11 B 31

B18 32 D24 32 K4 29

D16 32 D25 32 P7 A 33

D17 32 D26 32 U1 31

D18 32 D27 32

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C

1G24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1H24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J

3C26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 127: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

129

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE138 Cowl Wire and Floor No 2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE238 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IF138 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IF238 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IK1 40 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL1 40 Cowl Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BR142 Back Door No 1 Wire and Floor No 2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BR242 Back Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BS142 Back Door No 1 Wire and Back Door No 2 Wire (Back Door Left)

BS242 Back Door No.1 Wire and Back Door No.2 Wire (Back Door Left)

BW1 42 Rear Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Center Pillar)

BX1 42 Rear Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Center Pillar)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

BH 42 Left Quarter Panel Inner

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I1 I13 40 Cowl Wire

I240 Cowl Wire

B1 42 Front Door LH Wire

I840 Cowl Wire

B5 42 Front Door RH Wire

I10 B9 42 Back Door No.2 Wire

Page 128: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

130

THEFT DETERRENT

15AHORN, HAZ

RCTY

15 A

D19

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

W R

EA

R R

H

D18

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

W R

EA

R L

HB

-R

A19 A16

1 11

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

IF12 IF112

1

2

A2

IE

IF21

B 1

A13B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

W- B

W- B

BR- W

W-B

W-B

W-B

L-B

BR

-W

Y-R

Y-R

B-WB

L-B

W- B

2

1 3

AA

A

A

1

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

W F

RO

NT

LH

D16

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

W F

RO

NT

RH

D17

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 6

UN

LOC

K W

AR

NIN

G S

WU

1

W-B

DO

OR

KE

Y L

OC

K A

ND

UN

LOC

K S

W F

RO

NT

LH

D20

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

DCTY PCTY KSW UL3

7

HAZ

BR

-W

L-B

I10

IE214 IL18

B-R

B-R

B-R

B-R

B16

BODY ECU

BA , B17

15A

AC

C

1G11

A9

GR

ACC

B-WB

3

HRY

1C6

1K5

2 4

1 3

2

22

(*1)

R

D 8

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

(M

AIN

)

7

D

A

WR

-BH

EA

D R

ELA

Y

R

6

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 3

D

D

RR

G

(*1)

( *2)

BATTERY

Page 129: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

131

LG

LGLG

W-B

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

IK114 IK14

IK16

B 5

I10

A11 A12

1

4

IF212

1

4

IK113

A17 A14

LG

W-B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W-B

W-B

W-B

G-Y

BR

-WB

R-W

G-Y

G-Y

BR

-W

R-L

L-Y

R-L

R-L

L-Y

L-Y

W-B

W-B

2

1 3

DO

OR

KE

Y L

OC

K A

ND

UN

LOC

K S

W F

RO

NT

RH

D21

D25

DO

OR

UN

LOC

K D

ETE

CTI

ON

SW

FR

ON

T R

H

DO

OR

UN

LOC

K D

ETE

CTI

ON

SW

FR

ON

T L

H

D24

L2 UL2 LSWD LSWP

LG

BX17

1

4

D27

DO

OR

UN

LOC

K D

ETE

CTI

ON

SW

RE

AR

RH

I 1

B8

LSWR

1

4

D26

DO

OR

UN

LOC

K D

ETE

CTI

ON

SW

RE

AR

LH

7 BW1

I13

B16

BODY ECU

BA , B17

LG

W- B W- B

B7

HOOD SW

IG118

1

2

BA

AA

EB

J 2

, A

B

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 1

EN

GIN

E H

OO

DC

OU

RTE

SY

SW

E13

BX13 BW13

W-B

W-B

G-O

G-O

1 1

8 1E

B

B

HORN

1

HORNRH

H 6

W-B

HORNLH

H 51

R-W

THE

FT

DE

TE

RR

EN

T H

OR

NT

5

B2

SH

W- B

BR- W

* 2 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 1 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

Page 130: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

132

THEFT DETERRENT

BH

4 BR2

5 BS1

8

4

BA

CK

DO

OR

UN

LOC

K D

ET

EC

TIO

N S

WB

10

1 2

3

6

B

W-B

LL

1

I17

3

W- B

1

TA

ILG

AT

E C

ON

TR

OL

SW

T 4

UP

DO

WN

10

IE2

IMLD

SEC IND

C24

SE

CU

RIT

Y IN

DIC

AT

OR

LIG

HT

[CE

NT

ER

CLU

STE

R S

W]

I11B 9

2

1

B 9

3 BS1

3 BR1

A7

MPX1

15A

MP

X-B

2

IG113

I 1

8 BR1

8 BS1

2 IE1

A10

ECU- B

10A

EC

U-I

G

6 BR1

6 BS1

11 IE2

1G2

8

1J8

IF

3E21

3E13

W-B

W-B

W-B

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 9

GND

W-B

3E16

W-B

L

B4

TRY

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

V-W

V- W

V-W

20 18 3 2

V-W

Y L-R

L-RY

Y

L-R

L-R

Y

L-R

L-R

L-B

L- R L- R

W- B

26 7 9 10

G-R

G-Y

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

L-W

W-B

W-B

BA

CK

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

WB

9

GND BCTY CLS OPN

W- B

L-B

LSWB MPX1 IG ECU- B

BACK DOOR ECUB18

B16

BODY ECU

BA , B17 ECU- IG

3 2

5 1

22

IG115

R-GB

R-G

R-G

BB

R- G

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

TA

ILR

ELA

Y

120A

ALT

2 2

1 1

E12

E14

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

E

Page 131: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

133

D20, D21 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH, RH2-3 : Closed with door lock cylinder unlocked with key1-2 : Closed with door lock cylinder locked with key

T4 TAILGATE CONTROL SW2-3 : Closed with door lock cylinder unlocked with key1-3 : Closed with door lock cylinder locked with key

E13 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW2-1 : Open with engine hood open

U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW2-1 : Closed with ignition key in cylinder

B16 (A), B17 (B) BODY ECU(A) 2-GROUND : Continuity with ignition key in cylinder(A)16-GROUND : Continuity with front RH door open(A)19-GROUND : Continuity with front LH door open(A)11-GROUND : Continuity with door key lock and unlock SW at LOCK position

8-GROUND : Always continuity(B) 7-GROUND : Continuity with engine hood closed(A)13-GROUND :Continuity with door key lock and unlock SW front LH at UNLOCK position(A)12-GROUND :Continuity with door key lock and unlock SW front RH at UNLOCK position(A) 9-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position

10-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position7, (A) 10-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

B18 BACK DOOR ECU2-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts3-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position

26-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B9 32 D20 32 J2 B 29

B10 32 D21 32 J3 31

B16 A 30 D24 32 J4 31

B17 B 30 D25 32 J5 31

B18 32 D26 32 J6 31

C24 30 D27 32 J9 31

D8 30 E13 28 T4 33

D16 32 E14 31 T5 29

D17 32 H5 28 U1 31

D18 32 H6 28

D19 32 J1 A 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 132: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

134

THEFT DETERRENT

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1G24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1K 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3E 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE138 Cowl Wire and Floor No 2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE238 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IF138 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IF238 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IK1 40 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL1 40 Cowl Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BR142 Back Door No 1 Wire and Floor No 2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BR242 Back Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BS1 42 Back Door No.1 Wire and Back Door No.2 Wire (Back Door Left)

BW1 42 Rear Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Center Pillar)

BX1 42 Rear Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Center Pillar)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 36 Front Left Fender

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

BH 42 Left Quarter Panel Inner

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I1 I17 40 Cowl Wire

I1040 Cowl Wire

B1 42 Front Door LH Wire

I1140 Cowl Wire

B5 42 Front Door RH Wire

I13 B9 42 Back Door No.2 Wire

Page 133: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

135

MEMO

Page 134: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

136

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR

10ASTOP

1F

20AEFI

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

3C15

3C11

2 3

1 5

2 2

2 2

BA

E16 E20 A19 A11 A18 C4 A15

B23B22A2A3A1E1AA

1

2

I20 I20

EC11

IG114IG17

IG11

EC12

2

1

EB

EN

GIN

E C

OO

LAN

TTE

MP

. S

EN

SO

R

E 3

A/T

FLU

ID T

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

A 3

STO

P L

IGH

T S

WS

4

EFI

RE

LAY

VE

HIC

LE S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

( ELE

CTR

ON

ICA

LLY

CO

NTR

OLL

ED

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

)

V 3

THR

OT

TLE

PO

SIT

ION

SE

NS

OR

T 2

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ

1J

2A

L- BGR- B

L-R

L-R

G-Y

L-B

L-B

L-B

BR

G-WL-R

W-L

W-B

G-W L-R

L-B

GG

-Y

W-L

W-L

W-B

LG P-L

L-W

W-R

7 4 8

2

1

SL

NO

. 1

NO

. 2

Y-R

G-Y

B-Y

L-B

32

1

2

1

D3

BB

1

2

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BE 9 E10A CE11 DE12

7. 5ASTA

1F

,

, , ,

W-L

3E2

3E1

E4

MREL

GR

-B62

AD

DA

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

+B SL S1 S2

BATT STP THOC E2 THW VTA2 VTA NSW

SP2- SP2+

I20

A25

G-B

4

VC

I20

G-B

G- B

L- B

SLT+

C5

R-Y

2

C

Y-B

11

SLT-

6

ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOID

E 2

G- B

L- B L- B

E, E14

4

3

ST-

D9

R-B

10AIGN

1F10

E15

IGSW

B-L

B-L

I12

B-L

Page 135: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

137

J 9

D 5

DE

TE

CTI

ON

SW

( TR

AN

SF

ER

NE

UT

RA

L P

OS

ITIO

N)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

( 4W

D)

W- B

W-B

B- R

(4WD)

(4WD)

B-R

W-B

W-B

LG V

L-W

LG

B- R

V

(4WD)

A

W- L

( 4W

D)

G- R

W-B

10

3E

8

3EG- O

W-B

G- Y

( 4W

D)

Y

183E

22 3E

A7 A5 A4 B17 D11

3E16

E6D20D21D1D6D5

EC IF

10

5

I20

W-L

G-R Y

G-Y

W-B

W-B BR

B-R

W-B

1

2

B-R

( 4W

D)

22 II4

D2

L4

G- O

4 D

A8

E04

L-R

C BC B

A A

L-R

1

2

L-R

7 II4

B A

B B

D 4

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

W( T

RA

NS

FER

L4

PO

SIT

ION

)

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BA , J 8

W-B

( 4W

D)

( 4W

D)

( 4W

D) ( 4

WD

)( 4

WD

)

L 2 R PWR OILW ODLP SP1

E03 E02 E01 E1 TFN

ODMS

D14

II23

C

W- BC

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 3

C15

L

41

2

VPA2

C10

GR

3

VPA

VC VPA VPA2

E2

L- B

G- B

L-B

ACCELPOSITIONSENSOR

A38

(4W

D)

(4WD)

A6

ME01

W-B

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BE 9 E10A CE11 DE12, , , E, E14O

/D M

AIN

SW

[SH

IFT

LOC

K C

ON

TR

OL

CO

MP

UTE

R]

S 3

(4WD)

15AETCS

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

2

1

IG124

E8

+BM

GG

D

W-R

( 2W

D)

25 D

GR

-B( 4

WD

)16 17

C/C D

W- R(2WD)

W- R(4WD)

4WD ECUF 7

GR- B(4WD) W- R(4WD)

Page 136: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

138

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR

W-R

B-R

LG

J 4

V

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1F9

W-R

A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

B-R

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W-L

L-Y

I13

L-Y

W-L

B-R

(4WD)

W-RVLG

(4WD)

L-Y

W-L

W-R

LL 2L DL NL RL PL

8 4 7 5 2 1

3

II420

B- Y

II14

P 1

W- L

II15

V

II110

LG

II11

B- Y

B- Y

II419

B- Y

II12

B- R

LG

V

I21

W- L

B- R

G- O

G- Y

I21

Y

G- R

C25

2 C

COMBINATION METER

C3

C

C4

A

C5

,

C6

C26

C7

4

12 BA15

3

A11 C3 D

A

1D4

1H5

E17 A14

IE

8

VLGB-Y

G-R

RB

Y

G-Y

G-R

G-O

1F

7

W-B

E, C27 D, C28

EC

T P

WR PN R2L

1F

A/T

OIL

TE

MP

.

O/D

OFF

SP

EE

DO

ME

TER

D

A/T

P

AC

BA J 7

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BA

, J

8

31D

D1G

R-L

G- R

C29

SP1

, B

VSC ECUV18

NORM

PWR

ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSIONPATTERN SELECT SW[CENTER CLUSTER SW]

C23

(4WD)

( 4W

D)

16

AC

BA

W- R(2WD)

W- R(4WD)

W-R

( 2W

D)

W-R

( 4W

D)

Page 137: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

139

Previous automatic transmissions have selected each gear shift using mechanically controlled throttle hydraulic pressure,governor hydraulic pressure and lock-up hydraulic pressure. The electronically controlled transmission, however, electricallycontrols the governor pressure and lock-up through the solenoid valve. Control of the solenoid valve by the engine controlmodule based on the input signals from each sensor makes smooth driving possible by shift selection for each is mostappropriate to the driving conditions at that time.

1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATIONDuring driving, the engine control module selects the shift for each gear which is most appropriate to the driving conditions,based on input signals from the engine coolant temp. sensor to TERMINAL THW of the engine control module and also theinput signals to TERMINAL SP2+ of the engine control module from the vehicle speed sensor devoted to the electronicallycontrolled transmission. Current is then output to the electronically controlled transmission solenoid.When shifting to 1st speed, current flows from TERMINAL S1 of the engine control module to TERMINAL 4 of theelectronically controlled transmission solenoid to GROUND, and continuity to the no. 1 solenoid causes the shift.For 2nd speed, current flows from TERMINAL S1 of the engine control module to TERMINAL 4 of the electronicallycontrolled transmission solenoid to GROUND, and from TERMINAL S2 of the engine control module to TERMINAL 8 of theelectronically controlled transmission solenoid to GROUND. And continuity to solenoid no.1 and no.2 causes the shift.For 3rd speed, there is no continuity to no.1 solenoid, only to no.2 causing the shift. Shifting into 4th speed (Overdrive) takesplace when there is no continuity to the either no. 1 or no.2 solenoid.

2. LOCK-UP OPERATIONWhen the engine control module judges from each signal that lock-up operation conditions have been met, current flowsfrom TERMINAL SL of the engine control module to TERMINAL 7 of the electronically controlled transmission solenoid toGROUND, causing continuity to the lock-up solenoid and causing lock-up operation.

3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUITIf the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on) when driving in lock-up condition, a signal is input to TERMINAL STP ofthe engine control module, the engine control module operates and continuity to the lock-up solenoid is cut.

4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT∗ O/D main SW on

When the O/D main SW is turned on, a signal is input to TERMINAL ODMS of the engine control module and enginecontrol module operation causes gear shift when the conditions for overdrive are met.

∗ O/D main SW offWhen the O/D main SW is turned off, a signal is input into TERMINAL ODMS of the engine control module, and turns onthe O/D off indicator light. This activates the ECU, and the transmission system is controlled not to shift to overdrive.

5. A/T OIL TEMP. WARNINGWhen the A/T fluid temp. sensor affixed to the transmission case detects that the fluid temp. is 150C (302F) or more, theengine control module operates and the current flowing through the GAUGE fuse flows to the A/T oil temp. warning light toTERMINAL OILW of the engine control module to GROUND, so that warning light lights up, informing that the A/T oil temp. ishigh. When the A/T oil temp. drops to 120C (248F) or less, the engine control module stops operating and the warninglight goes out.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 138: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

140

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR

P1 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]3-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position

S4 STOP LIGHT SW1-2 : Closed with brake pedal depressed

E9 (A), E10 (B), E11 (C), E12 (D), E14 (E) ENGINE CONTROL MODULES1-E1 : 9- 14 voltsS2-E1 : 9- 14 voltsSL-E1 : 9- 14 volts

STP-E1 : 7.5- 14 volts with brake pedal depressed: 0- 1.5 volts with brake pedal released

THW-E2 : 0.2- 1.0 volts with coolant temp. 80°C (176°F)THO-E2 : 4- 5 volts with fluid temp. 20°C (68°F)VTA-E2 : Approx. 4 volts with throttle valve fully closed

: Approx. 0.6 volts with throttle valve fully openVC-E2 : 4.5- 5.5 volts

ODMS-E1 : 9- 14 volts O/D main SW turned on: 0 volts O/D main SW turned off

SP1-E1 : Pulse generation with vehicle moving2-E1 : 10- 14 volts with shift lever at 2 position

: 0- 2 volts with shift lever at except 2 positionL-E1 : 10- 14 volts with shift lever at L position

: 0- 2 volts with shift lever at except L positionOILW-E1 : 0.1- 4.9 volts

+B-E1 :9- 14 voltsBATT-E1 : 9- 14 volts

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A3 28 E3 28 J7 A 31

A38 28 E9 A 31 J8 B 31

C23 30 E10 B 31 J9 31

C25 A 30 E11 C 31 P1 29

C26 C 30 E12 D 31 S3 31

C27 E 30 E14 E 31 S4 31

C28 D 30 F7 31 T2 29

C29 B 30 J1 A 29 V3 29

D4 28 J2 B 29 V18 31

D5 28 J3 31

E2 28 J4 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D

1F 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1H

( )

3C26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 139: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

141

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EC1 36 Engine Wire and Water Temp. Sensor Wire (Front Side of Cylinder Head Cover Right)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

II1

II2 40 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

II4

g ( )

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 36 Front Left Fender

EC 36 Intake Manifold Left

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I1240 Cowl Wire

I20 40 Engine Wire

I1340 Cowl Wire

I21 40 Cowl Wire

Page 140: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

142

CRUISE CONTROL

20AEFI

2

10AIGN

1F10

10ASTOP

1F2

2 3

1

2

2 2

2

5

IG17 IG114

I12

3 2

4 1

3C15

3C11

E20D9E4E16 E15

BATT MREL IGSW ST1- STP

A11 C10 C15 A25

I20

I20

E2

VPA VPA2 VC

L- B

G- B

G-B

G-B

LGR

L-B

G-W

G-W

R-B

B-L

GR

-B

L-R

L-R

GR

-B

L-R

GR

-B

ACCEL POSITIONSENSOR

A38

STOPLIGHT SW

S 4

EFI

RE

LAY

BA

AA

IG1

AD

AD

AD

E1 B7 B17 A6 A4 A5 A7 A8

I20

II413

EB EC

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-BBR

BR

W-L

W-L

W-L

GR

W-B

W- L

BR

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ

1A

, J

2

+B TC E1 ME01 E01 E02 E03 E04

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BE 9 , E10A D, E11 , E12C E14, E

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1

D 1

11

12 3

+B E1

TC

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7 A

W-B

B-L

G-Y

B- L

L-B

2

3 4 1

E2 VPA VPA2 VC

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

W-L

W-L

15AETCS

2

1

2

24 IG1

E8

+BM

GG

BRBR

Page 141: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

143

B-Y

THROTTLEPOSITION SW

T 2

L-B

1

4 2 3

G-Y

G-B

L- B

G- B

C4 A15

B A

AC AC

37

D3 B13 B12

E17 D1

A

IE

CRUISE

CANCEL

SET/COAST

RES/ACC

D22A17

I20

A9 A31 C2 C8

M+ M- CL+ CL-

BR

LY

GR

2 1

M+ M- CL+ CL-

CRUISECONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

C14

4

BR

G

W-B

GR

-L

CCS

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTORAND CLUTCH

T 7

SP1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

COMBINATIONMETER

DC27 , C28E B, C29

CR

UIS

E

SPEEDOMETER

10AGAUGE

1F81F7

II420

D25

C/C

DVTAVTA2

D

17

16

4WD

EC

UF

7

D POSITION SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

P 1

B-Y

W-R

GR

-B

( 4W

D)

W- R

(2WD)

W- RW- R B- Y

E6E17

3E

10

3E8

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ 7 , J 8A

GR

G-O

G-O

GR

B-Y

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BE 9 , E10A C E12, , E11 D E14, E

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

PI SP1

5 16

VSC ECUV18

II1

10

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

BR

II4

3BR

Page 142: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

144

CRUISE CONTROL

The cruise control system allows to travel at a constant speed, by the operation of the switch, without having to depress theaccelerator pedal. In this system, the engine throttle valve opening angle is adjusted automatically to control the vehicle at aconstant speed.

1. SET CONTROLWhen the SET/COAST SW is operated while traveling with the CRUISE SW ON, the speed when the SW is operated to OFF(SW released) is memorized, and the vehicle speed is controlled at that speed.

2. COAST CONTROLWhen the SET/COAST SW is operated to ON, the motor in the actuator rotates the throttle valve until it is closed fully todecrease the vehicle speed, and the speed when the SW is operated to OFF is memorized, and the vehicle speed iscontrolled at that speed.Furthermore, every time the SET/COAST SW is operated momentarily (Approx. 0.5 sec.) to ON, the memorized vehiclespeed is decreased by approx. 1.5 km/h.

3. ACCEL CONTROLWhen the RESUME/ACCEL SW is operated to ON, the motor in the actuator rotates the throttle valve to open direction toincrease the vehicle speed, and the speed when the SW is operated to OFF is memorized, and the vehicle speed iscontrolled at that speed.Furthermore, every time the RES/ACC SW is operated momentarily (Approx. 0.5 sec.) to ON, the memorized vehicle speedis increased by approx. 1.5 km/h.

4. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISMIf any of the following signals are input during cruise control traveling, the magnetic clutch of the actuator is turned off, andthe current to the motor flows in the direction to close the throttle valve, and cancel the cruise control.(1) Stop light SW is ON (Brake pedal is depressed)

(2) The CANCEL SW of the control SW is ON

(3) CRUISE SW is OFF

5. RESUME CONTROLAfter canceling the cruise control (Except when the CRUISE SW is OFF) if the vehicle speed is above the minimum speedlimit (Approx. 40 km/h, 25 mph), operating the RES/ACC SW from OFF to ON will cause the system to accelerate andresume to the vehicle speed before manual cancellation.

6. OVERDRIVE FUNCTIONThe overdrive may be cut on an uphill grade, while traveling with the cruise control.After the overdrive is cut, if the vehicle seed reaches the overdrive resume speed (Set speed minus 2 km/h), and if thesystem determines that the uphill grade has finished, the overdrive will resume after the overdrive timer operation.

7. AUTO CANCEL OPERATIONIf any of the following conditions is encountered, the cruise control is automatically cancelled.∗ The stop light SW wiring is faulty or short-circuited.∗ The vehicle speed signal is faulty.∗ The electronically controlled throttle malfunctions.

E9 (A), E10 (B), E12 (D), E14 (E) ENGINE AND ECT ECU(E)15-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position(E)16-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(A)4, (A) 5, (A) 6, (A) 7, (A) 8, (B) 17-GROUND: Always continuity(E)20-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with stop light SW at on(D)22-GROUND : Continuity with cruise control SW at on

Approx. 1540 Ω with CANCEL SW on in cruise control SWApprox. 240 Ω with RES/ACC SW on in cruise control SWApprox. 630 Ω with SET/COAST SW on in cruise control SW

C14 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]5-4 : Approx. 1540 Ω with CANCEL SW on

Approx. 240 Ω with RES/ACC SW onApprox. 630 Ω with SET/COAST SW on

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 143: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

145

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A38 28 E11 C 31 J8 B 31

C14 30 E12 D 31 P1 29

C27 E 30 E14 E 31 S4 31

C28 D 30 F7 31 T2 29

C29 B 30 J1 A 29 T7 29

D1 28 J2 B 29 V18 31

E9 A 31 J4 31

E10 B 31 J7 A 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3C26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

II140 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

II440 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 36 Front Left Fender

EC 36 Intake Manifold Left

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I12 40 Cowl Wire I20 40 Engine Wire

Page 144: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

146

VSC

FUSE BOXF13

E 3

R1

2

+BM2 R2+

BM2 MR2

1 3

2 4 A24A23A22A10B18B2A1

RH R2+ IG2 VCM PMC E2 MSS

A19

SR

A5A7B3B5B1B29

MR1 MR2 SERR SRLR SFLR STR

5 5

5 5

TRC

MTR

RE

LAY

3

+BM1 R1+

BM1

1

MR1

2 4

5 5

5 5

AB

S M

TR

RE

LAY

4

+BS R+

BS

1

SR

3 6

5 5

5 5

AB

S S

OL

RE

LAY

2

2

60AABS1

I 4

10AIGN

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1K6

VCM PMC E2

1 2 3

MASTER CYLINDERPRESSURE SENSOR

M 4

I 3

BR

RWB

GR

-BP

-B

L-B

R-BB

R-BRY-BR

W P-B L

L-B

R-B

G- B

A5 A1 A3 A4 A6

B5 B1 B3 B4 B6

SHORTCONNECTOR(VSC)

BS 5 , S 6A

C6C7C3C9A4A2B3

BM2 BM1 BS SFRR SRLR SFLR STR

VSC ACTUATOR

BV10 , V11A C, V12

Y R Y-R

Y-G

L

W

R-B Y R

Y-R

Y-G

1

Y-B

R-B

VSC ECU

BV16 , V17A C, V18 D, V19

R-B

40A

AB

S2

( SH

IELD

ED

)

Page 145: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

147

C11C21C1C10

GL2 VGS GGND GSS

GL2 VGS GGND

5 3 2

VSCDECELERATION SENSOR

V15

I 1

BR

BGR

C22

GL1

GL1

1

W

C18C28C27C9

VYS GYAW YAW YSS

VYS GYAW YAW2

5 3 1

YAW RATE SENSORY 1

I 1

BR

-B

WBR

C19

YD

YD

4

Y

D2

NEO

NEO

V-W

D4

TRC+

TRC+

BR

-Y

Y-G

TRC-

TRC-

17 D D6

ENG+

ENG+

L P

ENG-

ENG-

5 D

A9

SRRR

A7

B7

LG

SH

OR

T C

ON

NE

CTO

R( V

SC

)

BS

5A

, S

6

LG

A8

SRRH

C2

G-Y

SRRH

B4

SRLH

C4

L

SRLH

A11

PH

A3

LG-B

PH

A21

SFLH

C8

L-B

SFLH

B6

SFRH

C10

G

SFRH

A2

SA1

C12

B-R

SA1

A3

SA2

C11

W-L

SA2

A4

SA3

C5

W-R

SA3

B10

AST

B1

LG-B

AST

B8

PL

B4

L-W

PL

B28

MT+

B5

GR

MT+

A18

MT-

B8

O

MT-

A27

MTT

B1

P-B

MMT

VSC ACTUATOR

BV10 , V11A C, V12

VSC ECU

BV16 , V17A C, V18 D, V19

C1

SRRR

181927288

ENGINE CONTROL MODULEE14

(SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

Page 146: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

148

VSC

2

1

A16

FL+

W

A15

FL-

R

AB

S S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

FRO

NT

LH

A 8

2

1

A14

FR+

LG

A13

FR-

L

AB

S S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

FRO

NT

RH

A 9

2

1

D21

RL+

R

D20

RL-

G

AB

S S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

RE

AR

LH

A24

BN27

IE218

RBN26

IE27G

2

1

D19

RR+

BD18

RR-

W

AB

S S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

RE

AR

RH

A25

BN29

IE26

B

BN210

IE217

W

D11

TS

D12

TC

II417

G-R

II423

GR

TS TC SIL

16 11 7

G-R GR

W

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1

D 1DATA LINKCONNECTOR 3

D 7

D15

DG

GR W

B C

B C

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 6

B2

PLG

B6

GND2

A5

PHG

A1

GND1 AA

BA BA

EB EA

A31 A6 D16 D8 D9C24

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ 1 , J 2A

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W-B W

-B

W-B

CD GND1 GND2 GND4 GND3 PKB

20

4WD ECUF 7

IND2

P-G

IE IF

A

I12

1 11

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

(M

AIN

)

D 8

PA

RK

ING

BR

AK

E S

W

P 2

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

R-W

R-W

R-W

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 4

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

A

BV16 , V17A C, V18 D, V19

VSC ECU

W- B

VSC ACTUATOR

BV10 , V11A C, V12

R G B W

Page 147: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

149

BV16 , V17A C, V18 D, V19

VSC ECU

10ASTOP

1F2

1

2

3C15

3C14

G-Y

G- W

D13

G-W

D7

IG1

Y

STP

D10

R

W-L

D3

P

L-Y

D1

WA

B-L

C4

VSCW

V-W

C6

INDR

-WC7

WT

L-W

C5

BRL

O

C16

SP1

10AECU- IG

1H41G3W- L

L- Y

B- L

V- W

R- W

L- W

O

GR- L

C8

EXI3

B-L

II412

ED21

ED24

B-L

G-B

W-B

3

4

AD

D A

CTU

AT

OR

A39

C17

EXI4

BB

AB

II47

2

1

I20

L-R

L-R

L-R

W-B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ

7A

, J

8D

ET

EC

TIO

N S

W (

TRA

NS

FER

L4 P

OS

ITIO

N)

D 4

W- B

C25

TF

II422

2

1

I20

B-R

B-R

W-B

DE

TE

CTI

ON

SW

(TR

AN

SFE

RN

EU

TR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

)

D 5

W- B

C3

EXI

II27

1

2

I20

R-B

R-B

W-B

DE

TE

CTI

ON

SW

(TR

AN

SFE

R4W

D P

OS

ITIO

N)

D31

W- B

II23

C3E18 3E14

3E16

I10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3

1

4

CSW

26 C

L

( 2W

D)

TRA

C O

FF

SW

T 8

W- B

(2WD)

C14

SS1+

P

SS1-

23 C

V

W-B Y Y

BZ

22 D

L-B

3 6 1

1 2

Y

VSCBUZZER

V14S

TEE

RIN

G S

EN

SO

RS

9

W- B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W- B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

STOPLIGHT SW

S 4

GR- L

SS1+ SS1-

EES IG

C

AEAE AE

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7 A

W- B

Page 148: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

150

VSC

SPEEDOMETER

BR

AK

E

E10

O

VS

C O

FF

A6

L-W

SLI

P

A3

R-W

VS

C

A10

V-W

AB

S

E18

B-L

D1

GR

-L

E17 B12

IE

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

EC25 , C27A

10AGAUGE

1F81F7

II420

RL PL

II419 II12

2 1

W-L

L-Y

3

B-Y

B-Y

B-Y

L-Y

W- L

PA

RK

/NE

UTR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SW

P 1

B- Y

W- L

L- Y

B- L

V- W

R- W

L- W

O

GR- L

W-B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

COMBINATION METER

Page 149: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

151

V16 (A), V17 (B), V19 (D) VSC ECU(B)18, (D) 7-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON or ST position(A) 6, (A) 31, (D) 8, (D) 16-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A8 28 F7 31 S5 A 29

A9 28 F13 28 S6 B 29

A24 32 J1 A 29 S9 31

A25 32 J2 B 29 T8 31

A39 28 J3 31 V10 A 29

C25 A 30 J4 31 V11 B 29

C27 E 30 J6 31 V12 C 29

D1 28 J7 A 31 V14 31

D4 28 J8 B 31 V15 31

D5 28 J9 31 V16 A 31

D7 30 M4 29 V17 B 31

D8 30 P1 29 V18 C 31

D31 28 P2 31 V19 D 31

E14 31 S4 31 Y1 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

5 23 VSC R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F

1G 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1H

( )

1K 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3C26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

ED2 36 Engine Wire and Differential Wire (Near the Front Differential)

IE2 38 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

II1

II2 40 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

II4

g ( )

BN2 42 Frame Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Left Side of Rear Seat Cushion)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EA 36 Front Right Fender

EB 36 Front Left Fender

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

SERVICE HINTS

Page 150: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

152

VSC

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E3 36 Engine Room Main Wire I1040 Cowl Wire

I1 40 Cowl Wire I1240 Cowl Wire

I340 Engine Room Main Wire

I20 40 Engine Wire

I440 Engine Room Main Wire

Page 151: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

153

SRS

NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS, perform the operation in accordance with the following precautionaryinstructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable model year.

Malfunction symptoms of the SRS are difficult to confirm, so the DTCs become the most important source of informationwhen troubleshooting. When troubleshooting the SRS, always inspect the DTCs before disconnecting the battery.

Work must be started after 90 seconds from when the ignition switch is turned to the ”LOCK” position and thenegative (-) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.(The SRS is equipped with a back-up power source so that if work is started within 90 seconds fromdisconnecting the negative (-) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be deployed.)

When the negative (-) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, the memory of the clock and audio system will becanceled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized in the audio memory system. When work isfinished, reset the audio systems as they were before and adjust the clock. This vehicle has power tilt and powertelescopic steering, power seat and power outside rear view mirror which are all equipped with memory function.However, it is not possible to make a record of the memory contents. So when the work is finished, it will be necessaryto explain this fact tot the customer, and ask the customer to adjust the features and reset the memory. To avoid erasingthe memory in each memory system, never use a back-up power supply from outside the vehicle.

Before repairs, remove the airbag sensor if shocks are likely to be applied to the sensor during repairs.

Do not expose the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, pretensioner assembly, airbag sensor frontassembly or center airbag sensor assembly directly to hot air or flames.

Even in cases of a minor collision where the SRS does not deploy, the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbagassembly, pretensioner assembly, airbag sensor front assembly and center airbag sensor assembly should beinspected.

Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing parts, replace them with new parts.

Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, pretensioner assembly, airbagsensor front assembly or center airbag sensor assembly in order to reuse it.

If the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, pretensioner assembly, airbag sensor front assembly orcenter airbag sensor assembly has been dropped, or if there are cracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket orconnector, replace them with new ones.

Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting the system’s electrical circuits.

Information labels are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the instructions on the notices.

After work on the SRS is completed, perform the SRS warning light check.

If the vehicle is equipped with a mobile communication system, refer to the precaution in the IN section of the RepairManual.

Page 152: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

154

SRS

1F11

10AECU- IG

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1H4

IG ID

2 1

SPIRALCABLE

II45 II423

2 1

27 B

CB

BC

C

5 11

BR

BR

Y-R

Y-G

Y-B

P-B

L

GR

GR

GRL

L

Y

GR

-B

AIRBAG SQUIB(STEERING WHEEL PAD)

A21AIRBAG SQUIB(FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY)

A20

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 6

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1D 1

AB TC

E1 D- D+ P- P+ E2

IG1 LA TC

B19B3B6

B13 B14 B11 B10 B28

IG22 IG21

B9 B20B26B15

AIRBAG SENSORFRONT LH

A28AIRBAG SENSORFRONT RH

A29

+SL - SL +SR - SR

2 1 2 1

W-R

BR

-Y

W-R

BR

-Y

B-W

BR

-W

C

C

WW

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 6

SIL

B12

7

SIL

A2 A1

1 2

PL+ PL-

PRETENSIONER LHP27

Y-B Y

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3

C5 C6

1 2

PR+ PR-

PRETENSIONER RHP28

Y-B Y

D 7

+SL +SR- SL - SR

C20 CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLYBA , C21 C, C22

AE

BD

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BJ

7A

, J

8

SR

S W

AR

NIN

G L

IGH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TER

]DC

25A

, C

28

A5

D8

Y

BR

BR

10AIGN

1L3

GR

-B

IG2

B5

L

Page 153: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

155

RBE+

C8

A11

3A3

3A1

BY23

2

1

BY2

6

3E

12

3E15

3E

16

IF

A

W- B W- B

W- B

W- B

W- R

W- R

W-R

W-R

W-B

BJ

BU26

3

2

BU25

IL14

BUCKLE SWLH

B13BUCKLE SWRH

B19

L-Y

L-Y

W-B

L- Y

L- Y

W- B

W- B

L-Y

( *2)

(* 1)

(*1)

(*1)

( *2)

(* 1)

(*1)

(*2)

(*1)

( *2)

(* 1)

(*1)

( *2)

LBE+

* 1 : W/ POWER SEAT* 2 : W/O POWER SEAT

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

CENTER AIRBAG SENSORASSEMBLY

BC20 , C21A C22 C,

Page 154: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

156

SRS

The SRS is a driver and front passenger protection device which has a supplemental role to the seat belts.When the ignition SW is turned to ON position, the current from the ECU-IG, IGN fuse flows to the center airbag sensorassembly TERMINAL IG1, IG2.In case an accident occurs while driving, when the frontal impact exceeds a predetermined level, the current from theECU-IG or IGN fuse flows to center airbag sensor assembly TERMINALS D+, P+, PL+, PR+ to airbag squibs andpretensioners to center airbag sensor assembly TERMINALS D-, P-, PL-, PR- to TERMINALS E1, E2 or BODY GROUNDto GROUND.The current flows to the airbag squibs and pretensioners, and operates the airbag.The airbag stored in the steering wheel pad is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the driver.The airbag stored in the front passenger’s instrument panel is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the frontpassenger.The pretensioners ensure the seat belt restrainability.

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A20 30 C20 A 30 J6 31

A21 30 C21 B 30 J7 A 31

A28 28 C22 C 30 J8 B 31

A29 28 C25 A 30 J9 31

B1332 (w/o Power Seat) C28 D 30 P27 33

B1334 (w/ Power Seat) D1 28 P28 33

B1932 (w/o Power Seat) D7 30

B1934 (w/ Power Seat) J5 31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F

1H 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1L

( )

3A26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IG2 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

II4 40 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

IL1 40 Cowl Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BU2 44 Floor Wire and Seat No.2 Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

BY2 44 Cowl Wire and Seat No.1 Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

ID 38 Left Kick Panel

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

IG 38 Right Kick Panel

BJ 42 Right Quarter Panel Inner

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 155: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

157

MEMO

Page 156: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

158

4WD

EXI4

P1SPD ADDIND1IND2DIG

W-R

10AGAUGE

1F8 1F7

II420

1

3

7

2 II1

4WD ECUF 7

C2B12

A14B3B6 C25

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ETE

R

CA

, C

26B

, C

29

DD

J 5

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BC

CBA

A

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BA , J 8

II422

1

2

D 5

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

W( T

RA

NS

FE

R N

EU

TRA

L P

OS

ITIO

N)

BB BB

AB

20A4WD

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1J1

12

II1

10

17 20 1921

J 7

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BA

, J

8

1

2

II47

I20

I17

I 1

2

1

II27

I20

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

W( T

RA

NS

FE

R 4

WD

PO

SIT

ION

)

D31

63

FRO

M C

OM

BIN

AT

ION

ME

TER

W- BW- B

W- R

P-G

G- B

L- R

W- B

B-Y

B-Y

B-Y

L-Y

L-Y

G-B

B-R

B-R

B-R B-L L-

R

W-B

W-B

R-B

R-B

R-B

B-L

G-W

W-R

P-G

G-B

B-L

G-O

R-B

R-B

W-B

16

C/C

GR

-B

A/T

IN

DIC

ATO

R L

IGH

T S

W[P

AR

K/N

EU

TR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SW

]

P 1

4WD

( *1)

A/T

PB

-R

L44WDTFN

AC

AC

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

L-R

D

I17

B- R

L4

5

L-R

B-R

R- B

GR- B

B- L

B- L

B- LB- L

B-L

B-L

DE

TE

CTI

ON

SW

( TR

AN

SFE

R L

4 P

OS

ITIO

N)

D 4

TF EXI

EXI3

L-R

AAB- R

AB

L- R

25 311 13 2

17

8

25

ENGINE CONTROL MODULEE12

VS

C E

CU

V18

Page 157: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

159

DLP2

7

GR

8

7

365 2

II4411 II45 II2

2

1

II26

I20

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

W( T

RA

NS

FE

R H

4L P

OS

ITIO

N)

D32

18

4 II2II421

W-B

YY

Y

M

7

9 22 8 13 26

TL1 TL2 TL3 TM1 TM2

4

I20W- B

1

2 2-4

SE

LEC

T S

WT

3

I10

II23

IF

A

3E18

3E16

II22

25 4 10

GND 2- 4 DL1

LG

P

W-BLGL-B

L-W

L-Y

GR

LG

LGL-B

L-W

L-Y

II21

23

DL2

G-W

G-W

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

2- 4 SELECT MOTORT 1

4WD ECUF 7

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

II424

11

DM1

PR

B-W

B-W

DM2

24

9 II4

C

C

II412

B-L

ED24

GND

M2M1L2L1+B

4

3 6 2 5 1

G-B LG G-W R

B-W

W-B

C W- B

W-B

W- B

B- L B- L

W-B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3

CE

NTE

R D

IFF

. LO

CK

SW

C30

ED21 ED23 ED25 ED26 ED22

I20W- B

W-B

ADD ACTUATORA39

* 1 : CENTER DIFF. LOCK

C

Page 158: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

160

4WD

The 4WD ECU detects the condition of the detection SW ( (Transfer 4WD position), (Transfer H4L Position) ), 2-4 select SWand the vehicle speed, and controls the 2-4 select motor and center diff. lock SW.

4WD CONTROL(1) Shift position

The target shift position determined through the condition of the 2-4 select SW and center diff. lock SW, and operatesthe 2-4 select motor.

∗ When the 2-4 select SW and the center diff. lock SW are both off, put in to H2 position. At this time, current flows fromthe 4WD fuse to TERMINAL 12 of the 4WD ECU to TERMINAL 26 to TERMINAL 2 of the 2-4 select motor toTERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 13 of the 4WD ECU to TERMINAL 25 to GROUND, so the 2-4 select motor rotates at H2position.

∗ When the 2-4 select SW is on and the center diff. lock SW is off, put in to H4 position. At this time, current flows from the4WD fuse to TERMINAL 12 of the 4WD ECU to TERMINAL 13 to TERMINAL 7 of the 2-4 select motor to TERMINAL 2to TERMINAL 26 of the 4WD ECU to TERMINAL 25 to GROUND, so the 2-4 select motor rotates at H4 position.

∗ When the 2-4 select SW and the center diff. lock SW are both on, or the 2-4 select SW is off, and the center diff. lockSW is on, put in to H4L position. When switched from H4F to H4L, current flows from the 4WD fuse to TERMINAL 12 ofthe 4WD ECU to TERMINAL 26 to TERMINAL 2 of the 2-4 select motor to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 13 of the 4WDECU to TERMINAL 25 to GROUND, so the 2-4 select motor rotates at H4L position. When switched from H2 to H4L,current flows from the 4WD fuse to TERMINAL 12 of the 4WD ECU to TERMINAL 13 to TERMINAL 7 of the 2-4 selectmotor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 26 of the 4WD ECU to TERMINAL 25 to GROUND, so the 2-4 select motor rotatesat H4L position.

(2) Shift limit controlWhen the vehicle speed is over 100 km/h, shift change to H4 or H4L mode can not be made. The vehicle speed signalis input to TERMINAL 3 of the 4WD ECU. At this time, the 4WD indicator light and the center diff. lock indicator lightflashes, and the buzzer installed in the 4WD ECU goes on. This condition can be canceled by decelerating the vehiclespeed to below 100 km/h, or by selecting H2 mode.

(3) Shift controlWhen the 2-4 select motor will not switch after approximately 3 seconds from shifting (When there are no changes tothe signals to TERMINAL 8, TERMINAL 9 and TERMINAL 22 of the 4WD ECU), the 4WD indicator light and the centerdiff. lock indicator light flashes. The cruise control is canceled if in use. When the 2-4 select motor switch is completed,the indicator lights go off and the cruise control can be set again.

(4) ADD valve controlWhen switching between 2WD to 4WD, the ADD actuator is controlled to free or lock the ADD. At this time, current flowsfrom the 4WD fuse to TERMINAL 12 of the 4WD ECU to TERMINAL 23 to TERMINAL 2 of the ADD actuator toGROUND, or flows from the 4WD fuse to TERMINAL 12 of the 4WD ECU to TERMINAL 10 to TERMINAL 6 of the ADDactuator to GROUND, so the ADD actuator is controlled.

F7 4WD ECU12-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW on25-GROUND : Always continuity

3-GROUND : Pulse generation with vehicle moving

T3 2-4 SELECT SW1-2 : Closed with 2-4 select SW on

P1 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]3-1 : Closed with A/T shift lever at P position3-7 : Closed with A/T shift lever at D position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A39 28 D31 28 J8 B 31

C25 A 30 D32 28 J9 31

C26 C 30 E12 31 P1 29

C29 B 30 F7 31 T1 29

C30 30 J3 31 T3 31

D4 28 J5 31 V18 31

D5 28 J7 A 31

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 159: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

161

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3E 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

ED2 36 Engine Wire and Differential Wire (Near the Front Differential)

II1

II2 40 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

II4

g ( )

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I140 Cowl Wire

I17 40 Cowl Wire

I1040 Cowl Wire

I20 40 Engine Wire

Page 160: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

162

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR

1H1

Y- B

MM

RIG

HT

LEFT

DO

WN

UP

RIG

HT

/D

OW

N

LEFT

/U

P

15AACC

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1G10

IF114

IF16 IF15

IK18 IK118IK19

IF115

IF117

IF116

IF113

IF1

13

1 5 4

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LHR20

MH MV COM

MM

1 5 4

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RHR21

MH MV COM

A

IE

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B 1

5 8 1 7 6 10

HL VL M+ E

9

B

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW(*1)

GR- G

GR- G

Y- B

(*2)

Y- B

GR- G(*2)

GR- G(*1)

LG- R

LG- R

Y- B

(*2)

(*1)

(*1)

Y-B

(*2)

(*1)

(*2)

Y- B

(*1)

P-B ( *1)

P-B ( *2)

P-G ( *2)

Y-B ( *1)

Y-B ( *2)

P-G ( *1)

P-B ( *2)

P-G ( *1)

P-G ( *2)

LG-R

( *1)

Y-B ( *1)

W-B

W-B

( *2)

W-B

( *1)

GR

( *1)

GR

( *1)

GR

-G

LG-R

* 2 : W/O POWER WINDOW* 1 : W/ POWER WINDOW

(*2)

OP

ER

ATI

ON

SW

SE

LEC

T S

W

VRHR

Y-B ( *1)

(* 2)

R 5R22

RHLH LH RH

Y-B ( *2)

Y-B ( *2)

Y- B

(*2)

( *1)

1B

8

1B

9

IK1

9

(*1)

Y-B

( *1)

1B9 1B8

3E16

3E19

A

IF

J 9

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

W-B

( *2)

3B7

3B10

GR

GR

(*2)

(*2)

1G11

Page 161: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

163

R5, R22 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW10-GROUND : Always continuity

10-6 : Continuity with operation SW at UP or LEFT position9-6 : Continuity with operation SW at DOWN or RIGHT position

9-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

J4 31 R5 31 R21 33

J9 31 R20 33 R22 33

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1B

1G 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1H

( )

3B26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IF1 38 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IK1 40 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

B1 42 Front Door LH Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 162: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

164

MOON ROOF

8

10AECU- IG

30APOWER

3 10

2

1A6 1J8

6 7 4 5 8

5 4 2 1

M

A

IF

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

IE

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

3E21

3E16

B 3

3

IH12

MOON ROOF CONTROL MOTORAND LIMIT SW

M 2

MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY AND SWM 3

PW

R R

ELA

Y

2

BODY ECU

B16 A

L- R

W- B

L-R

L-R

R R-L

L-W W

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-BW

-B

W-B

L-R

NO

. 1

NO

. 2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

A19

13 2

5 1

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

W F

RO

NT

LH

D16

B

2

1

DCTYGNDP/W

POWER ECU- IG

LS. 1 LS. 2 MOTOR+ MOTOR- GND

IG

OP

EN

/D

OW

N

CLO

SE

/U

P

Page 163: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

165

Current is applied at all times through the POWER fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the PWR relay.With the ignition SW turned on, the current flows from TERMINAL 1 of the PWR relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND throughthe ECU-IG fuse. As a result, the PWR relay is activated and the current to TERMINAL 5 of the PWR relay flows fromTERMINAL 3 of the relay to TERMINAL 2 of the moon roof control relay and SW.

1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATIONWhen the ignition SW is turned on and the moon roof control SW is pushed to the OPEN position, a signal is input to HALLIC of the moon roof control relay and SW. The moon roof limit SW no. 2 is turned on at this time.This activates the moon roof control relay and SW and rotates the motor to fully open the moon roof automatically. If otheroperation SW or the open SW is operated while the moon roof is being opened, the moon roof control relay and SW isactivated to stop the moon roof operation.

2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATIONWith the ignition SW turned on, moon roof completely open and the moon roof limit switch no. 1 and no. 2 both are on, whenthe moon roof control SW is pushed to the CLOSE position, a signal is input to HALL IC of the moon roof control relay andSW.When this occurs, the relay is activated and the current to TERMINAL 2 of the moon roof control relay and SW flows fromTERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL 2 of the moon roof control motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 5 of the moon roof control relayand SW to TERMINAL 8 to GROUND, rotating the motor to close the moon roof while the SW is being pushed to CLOSEposition.When the moon roof limit SW no. 1 is turned off (The moon roof limit SW no. 2 is on), and moon roof reaches 100mm fromfully close position, signal is input from TERMINAL 5 of the moon roof limit SW to TERMINAL 6 of the moon roof control relayand SW. This signal activates the relay and stops continuity from TERMINAL 2 of the moon roof control relay and SW toTERMINAL 8, as a result, the moon roof stops at this position.To close the moon roof completely, pushing the moon roof control SW again to the close side causes a signal to be inputagain to HALL IC of the moon roof control relay and SW. This activates the relay and the moon roof will close as long as themoon roof control SW is being pushed, allowing the moon roof to fully close.

3. TILT UP OPERATIONWhen the moon roof control SW is pushed to UP position, with the ignition SW turned on and the moon roof completelyclosed (Moon roof limit SW no.2 is off), a signal is input to HALL IC of the moon roof control relay and SW. As a result, therelay is activated and the current to TERMINAL 2 of the moon roof control relay and SW flows from TERMINAL 4 of themoon roof control relay and SW to TERMINAL 2 of the moon roof control motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 5 of the moonroof control relay and SW to TERMINAL 8 to GROUND, rotating the motor so that tilt up operation occurs as long as themoon roof control SW is pushed on the tilt up side.

4. TILT DOWN OPERATIONWhen the moon roof control SW is pushed to DOWN position, with the ignition SW turned on and the moon roof tilted up(The moon roof limit SW no.1 and no.2 are both off.), a signal input to HALL IC of the moon roof control relay and SW.As the result, the moon roof control relay is activated and the current to TERMINAL 2 of the moon roof control relay and SWflows from TERMINAL 5 of the moon roof control relay and SW to TERMINAL 1 of the moon roof control motor to TERMINAL2 to TERMINAL 4 of the moon roof control relay and SW to TERMINAL 8 to GROUND, rotating the motor so that tilt downoperation occurs as long as the moon roof control SW is pushed on the tilt down side. (During tilt down, the moon roof limitSW no. 1 is changes off to on.)

5. KEY OFF MOON ROOF OPERATIONWith the ignition SW turned from on to off, the body ECU operates and the current flows from the POWER fuse toTERMINAL 3 of the body ECU to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 1 of the PWR relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND, at this time,for about 43 seconds the same as normal operation, the current flows from the POWER fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the PWRrelay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 2 of the moon roof control relay and SW. As a result, for about 43 seconds after theignition SW is turned off, the function of this relay makes it possible to open and close the moon roof. Also, by opening thefront door LH (Door courtesy SW front LH on) within about 43 seconds after turning the ignition SW to off, a signal is input toTERMINAL (A) 19 of the body ECU. As a result, the relay turns off, and open and close, movement of the moon roof stops.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 164: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

166

MOON ROOF

PWR RELAY5-3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON position or key off operated

M3 MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY AND SW8-GROUND : Always continuity2-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position or key off operated4-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the moon roof control SW at CLOSE or UP position5-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the moon roof control SW at OPEN or DOWN position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B16 A 30 J4 31 M2 33

D16 32 J9 31 M3 33

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1A 24 Roof Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3E 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IH1 40 Roof Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Left)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

B3 42 Roof Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 165: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

167

MEMO

Page 166: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

168

FRONT WIPER AND WASHER

A

25AWIPER

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1G13

3A8

3A6

IF

J 9A

IE

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

1 2 4 3

M

FRO

NT

WIP

ER

MO

TO

RF

5

GR

GR

GR

LG L-B

GR

L-W

L- R

W- B

L- W

L- B

LG

GR

W-B

* 1 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 2 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

10AGAUGE

1F8

A7

3E16

3E20

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W-B

W-B

PWA

SH

ER

LE

VE

L W

AR

NIN

G L

IGH

T [C

OM

B.

ME

TER

]

C25

A

3A7

M

A2B1 B3

B2A1

B6

FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW[COMB. SW]

C15

L- R

GR

(*1)(*2)

(*1)(*2)

, B

WA

SH

ER

MO

TOR

(*1

) , W

AS

HE

R M

OT

OR

AN

DW

AS

HE

R L

EV

EL

WA

RN

ING

SW

(*2

)

W 1

A

OFF

INT

LOW

HIG

H

WA

SH

ER

11

16

2

8

7

17

MIS

T

3A5

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

B12

B-Y ( *3)

B,

C29

* 3 : W/ WASHER LEVEL WARNING LIGHT

Page 167: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

169

With the ignition SW turned on, current flows to TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW, TERMINAL 1 (w/o daytimerunning light) or 2 (w/ daytime running light) of the washer motor and TERMINAL 4 of the front wiper motor through theWIPER Fuse.

1. LOW SPEED POSITIONWith the wiper SW turned to LOW position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW toTERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 2 of the front wiper motor to GROUND and causes to the front wiper motor to run at low speed.

2. HIGH SPEED POSITIONWith the wiper SW turned to HIGH position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW toTERMINAL 8 to TERMINAL 1 of the front wiper motor to GROUND and causes to the front wiper motor to run at high speed.

3. INT POSITION (w/ INTERMITTENT OPERATION)With the wiper SW turned to INT position, the relay operated and the current which is connected by relay function flows fromTERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND. This flow of the current operates theintermittent circuit and the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL2 of the front wiper motor to GROUND and functions. The intermittent operation is controlled by a condenser’s charged anddischarged function installed in relay.

4. MIST POSITION (w/o INTERMITTENT OPERATION)With wiper SW turned to MIST position, the current flows TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 toTERMINAL 2 of the front wiper motor to GROUND and causes to the front wiper motor to run at low speed.

5. WASHER CONTINUITY OPERATION (w/ INTERMITTENT OPERATION)With the washer SW turned to on, the current flows through TERMINAL 1 (w/o daytime running light) or 2 (w/ daytimerunning light) of the washer motor to TERMINAL 2 (w/o daytime running light) or 1 (w/ daytime running light) to TERMINAL11 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND and causes the washer motor to run and window washerto spray. Simultaneously, current flows from the WIPER fuse to TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW toTERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 2 of the front wiper motor to GROUND, causing the wiper to function.

6. WASHER OPERATION (w/o INTERMITTENT OPERATION)With the washer SW turned to on, the current flows from TERMINAL 1 (w/o daytime running light) or 2 (w/ daytime runninglight) of the washer motor to TERMINAL 2 (w/o daytime running light) or 1 (w/ daytime running light) to TERMINAL 11 of thefront wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND and causes the washer motor to run and the window washer tospray, operates only while the washer SW is pressed.

C15 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW]2-GROUND : Always continuity

17-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position7-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with front wiper and washer SW at LOW position

Approx. 12 volts every approx. 1 to 10 seconds intermittently with front wiper and washer SWat INT position(w/ intermittent operation)Approx. 12 volts front wiper and washer SW at MIST position (w/o intermittent operation)

16-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW on unless front wiper motor at STOP position8-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW on and front wiper and washer SW at HIGH position

F5 FRONT WIPER MOTOR3-4 : Closed unless front wiper motor at STOP position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C15 30 F5 28W1

A 29

C25 A 30 J4 31W1

B 29

C29 B 30 J9 31

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 168: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

170

FRONT WIPER AND WASHER

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1G24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3A26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

Page 169: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

171

MEMO

Page 170: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

172

POWER WINDOW (REAR), REAR WIPER AND WASHER

15AACC

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1G11

25AWIPER

A9

ACC

A5

UP

6

2 1

A4

DOWN

A

A

10

7

16 3E

19 3E

21 3E

A

7 IF28 IF2

13

2

1413

RRDRRU

4

GND

WASHER

OFFL

INT

ON

WASHER

A21

R/W INT

A20

R/W ON

B4 (*3)A4 (*4)

B5 (*3)A3 (*4)

BW

1,

A

WA

SH

ER

MO

TOR

A

IF

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

IE

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

I13

IF21

A

A2

KSW

A

A

1

2

8

8 1J

WMTR

13

8 1H

R

R-B

GR

-G

GR

-R

LG Y-R

W-B

L-W

GYY G

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

Y-RP

W-B

W-B

L-W

W-B

W- B

W- B

L- W

GR

(*1)

( *2)

( *2)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

(*1)

(*1)

121310

2

WIP

9

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

WINDOW LOCK SW[POWER WINDOW MASTER SW]

P 7

DIODE(BACK WINDOW)

D11

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

BACK WINDOWLOCK SW

B 5

REAR WIPER ANDWASHER SW[COMB. SW]

C15U

NLO

CK

WA

RN

ING

SW

U 1

BA

CK

WIN

DO

W C

ON

TRO

L S

W[C

EN

TE

R C

LUS

TE

R S

W]

C23

B16

BODY ECU

A

UP

DO

WN

E

M

Page 171: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

173

A7

MPX1 ECU- B

10 A

ECU- IG

10

POWER

3

30APOWER

1C4

10AECU- IG

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1G2

15AMPX- B

2

2

1

13 IG1

2

1

I 1

3C3

3C2

6 IE1

BR21

5 BS2

LL

LL

11 IE2

BR16

6 BS1

YY

Y

2 IE1

BR18

8 BS1

L-R

L-R

L-R

8 IE2

BR24

5 BS1

V-W

V-W

V-W

L-R

L-R

V-W

L-R

YYL

Y

L

L- R

V- W

L- R L- R

B16

BODY ECU

A

* 1 : W/ POWER WINDOW* 2 : W/O POWER WINDOW* 3 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 4 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

Page 172: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

174

POWER WINDOW (REAR), REAR WIPER AND WASHER

MPX1ECU- BPOWEIG

L

Y

L- R

V- W

3 1 2 18

M

STOP

P W

RETURNPOSITION

FURTHESTPOSITION

5

6431

WIP-

24

WIP+

25

LMT2

22

LMT1

23

B 9

BH

BS13

BR13

W- BW- BW- B

Y L

L-R

V-W L-

B

L-Y

GR

GR

-R

W-B

W-B

W-B

R19REAR WIPER MOTOR

BACK DOOR ECUB18

Page 173: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

175

21

3

CLS

9

OPN

10

B 9

2

1

B 9

1 2

LMTW

13

GND

26

CLSM

11

OPNM

12

BZR1

5

BZR2

4

3 BS2 BS24

2 BR2 BR23

IE216 IE25

1 2

W- B W- B

W-B

W-B

W-B

G-R

G-Y

R-L

W-B R G

P-B

P-G

P-B

P-G

P-B

P-G

P-GP-B

KEYLESS BUZZERK 4

BACK WINDOW MOTORB12

B18BACK DOOR ECU

B11

BA

CK

WIN

DO

W L

IMIT

SW

TA

ILG

AT

E C

ON

TR

OL

SW

T 4

UP

DO

WN

M

Page 174: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

176

POWER WINDOW (REAR), REAR WIPER AND WASHER

Current always flows through the POWER fuse to TERMINAL 3 of the body ECU and TERMINAL 1 of the back door ECU.With the ignition SW turned on, the WIPER fuse to TERMINAL 9 of the body ECU, the ECU-IG fuse to TERMINAL 10 of thebody ECU and TERMINAL 3 of the back door ECU.

1. REAR POWER WINDOW MANUAL OPERATION (BACK WINDOW CONTROL SW)When the back window control SW is pushed to the up side (With the ignition SW on), an ”ON” signal is input fromTERMINAL 2 of the back window control SW to TERMINAL (A) 5 of the body ECU to TERMINAL (A) 7 to TERMINAL 18 ofthe back door ECU. Thus, the back door ECU is activated and the current to TERMINAL 1 of the back door ECU flows toTERMINAL 26 of the back door ECU to GROUND so that the current to back window motor flows from TERMINAL 1 of theback door ECU to TERMINAL 11 to TERMINAL 1 of the back window motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 12 of the backdoor ECU to TERMINAL 26 to GROUND. This causes the back window motor to rotate toward the up side and the windowascends only while the back window control SW is being pushed.To lower the window, the signal input from TERMINAL 1 of the back window control SW to TERMINAL (A) 4 of the body ECUto TERMINAL (A) 7 to TERMINAL 18 of the back door ECU. Causes current to the back window motor to flow fromTERMINAL 1 of the back door ECU to TERMINAL 12 to TERMINAL 2 of the back window motor to TERMINAL 1 toTERMINAL 11 of the back door ECU to TERMINAL 26 to GROUND, so the current flows in the revers direction to manual upoperation and causes the motor to rotate in the opposite direction, thus lowering the window.When the back window lock SW is pushed the lock side, the ground circuit of the back window control SW becomes open.Thus even if the driver operates the Open/Close function of the power window (Rear), the power window (Rear) will notoperate because the back door ECU dose not receive the on signal and the back door ECU does not operate.

2. REAR POWER WINDOW MANUAL OPERATION (TAILGATE CONTROL SW)When the tailgate control SW to the up side a signal is input to TERMINAL 9 of the back door ECU from TERMINAL 1 of thetailgate control SW. This activates the back door ECU regardless of whether the ignition SW is on or off, and the currentflows from TERMINAL 1 of the back door ECU to TERMINAL 26. So the current to the back window motor flows toTERMINAL 1 of the back door ECU to TERMINAL 11 to TERMINAL 1 of the back window motor to TERMINAL 2 toTERMINAL 12 of the back door ECU to TERMINAL 26 to GROUND and causes the back window motor to rotate in the updirection so the back window ascends only while the tailgate control SW is being pushed to lower the window. The on signalof the tailgate control SW (Rotate to down side) is input to TERMINAL 10, causing the current to the motor to flow toTERMINAL 1 of the back door ECU to TERMINAL 12 to TERMINAL 2 of the back window motor to TERMINAL 1 toTERMINAL 11 of the back door ECU to TERMINAL 26 to GROUND. This flow is the reverse of manual up, so the motorrotates in the reverse direction and the window is lowered.

3. WIRELESS BACK WINDOW CONTROLWhen the ignition SW is off, the back window can be opened by pressing the back window open SW of the transmitter forapproximately 0.8 seconds. At that time, the keyless buzzer beeps once.

4. REAR WIPER OPERATIONWith ignition SW turned on and the back door window completely closed (Back window limit SW on), when the rear wiperand washer SW is turned on, the signal is input from TERMINAL 10 of the rear wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL (A) 20 ofthe body ECU to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 18 of the back door ECU. Thus the back door ECU activates and the currentflows from TERMINAL 1 of the back door ECU to TERMINAL 25 to TERMINAL 3 of the rear wiper motor to TERMINAL 1 toTERMINAL 24 of the back door ECU to TERMINAL 26 to GROUND and operates the rear wiper to the upper limit of thewiping area. When the upper limit of the wiping area is reached, the point (Cam plate P point) on the wiper motor is turned on(in the case, W point of cam plate is off), and the signal to reverse the rear wiper motor is input to TERMINAL 22 of the backdoor ECU. The back door ECU stops the rear wiper motor for about 0.1 seconds and the current flows from TERMINAL 24 ofthe back door ECU to TERMINAL 1 of the rear wiper motor to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 25 of the back door ECU toTERMINAL 26 to GROUND. As a result, the rear wiper motor reverses and stops the rear wiper before the retractionposition. At that time, the point (Cam plate W point) on the rear wiper motor is turned on (in this case, P point of cam plate isoff), and the signal to rotate the motor is input to TERMINAL 25 of the back door ECU to TERMINAL 3 of the rear wipermotor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 24 of the back door ECU to TERMINAL 26 to GROUND and the rear wiper SW off, thesignal to TERMINAL 23 of the back door ECU from W point of cam plate is cancelled and the wiping function is continuedwhen P point is turned on. The rear wiper continues beyond the rear wiper area to the retraction position. At that time, P andW points are turned on, the power window relay stops operating, and the current to the rear wiper is cut off to cam plate rearwiper operation.

5. WASHER OPERATIONWith the ignition SW turned on and back window closed completely (Back window limit SW on), when the rear wiper andwasher SW is turned strongly (Rear washer SW on), current flows from TERMINAL 9 of the body ECU to TERMINAL 13 toTERMINAL 3 (w/o daytime running light), 5 (w/ daytime running light) of the washer motor to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL 12of the rear wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND and causes the rear window washer emits a water spray onlywhile the rear washer SW is turned. When the rear wiper SW is off, and the rear wiper SW is then turned in the off direction,washer liquid will also spray.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 175: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

177

T4 TAILGATE CONTROL SW2-3 : Continuity with tailgate control SW at down side1-3 : Continuity with tailgate control SW at up side

C15 REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW]12-2 : Continuity with rear wiper and washer SW at WASHER position10-2 : Continuity with rear wiper and washer SW at ON position

B18 BACK DOOR ECU3-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position1-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

26-GROUND : Always continuity11-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with back window at UP operation12-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with back window at DOWN operation

9-GROUND : Continuity with tailgate control SW at UP position10-GROUND : Continuity with tailgate control SW at DOWN position

B11 BACK WINDOW LIMIT SW1-2 : Closed with back power window fully closed

R19 REAR WIPER MOTOR4, 6-5 : Continuity with rear wiper retracted

4-5 : Continuity with rear wiper at RETURN position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B5 30 D11 30 R19 33

B11 32 J4 31 T4 33

B12 32 J5 31 U1 31

B16 A 30 J6 31W1

A 29

B18 32 J9 31W1

B 29

C15 30 K4 29

C23 30 P7 33

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C

1G24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1H24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J

3C26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE138 Cowl Wire and Floor No 2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE238 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IF2 38 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

BR142 Back Door No 1 Wire and Floor No 2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BR242 Back Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BS142 Back Door No 1 Wire and Back Door No 2 Wire (Back Door Left)

BS242 Back Door No.1 Wire and Back Door No.2 Wire (Back Door Left)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 176: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

178

POWER WINDOW (REAR), REAR WIPER AND WASHER

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

BH 42 Left Quarter Panel Inner

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I140 Cowl Wire

B9 42 Back Door No.2 Wire

I1340 Cowl Wire

Page 177: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

179

MEMO

Page 178: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

180

SHIFT LOCK

15AACC

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1G11

10AECU- IG

1H4

3B7

3B5

3E22

3E16

3

4

A

IF

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

I18

6 7

831

ACC IG STP

Y

GR

GR

L-R

W-B

KLS+ E

W-B

SHIFT LOCKCONTROL COMPUTER

S 3

KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID[UNLOCK WARNING SW]

U 1

W- B

W-B

W-B

1

2

5

1

4

3

2

1

(2WD)

(2WD)

3 (4WD)

6 (4WD)

P1

P

P2

SLS+

SLS-

G- R

G

G- W

L- R

L

SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID

SHIFT LOCKCONTROL SW

(2WD)(4WD)

P1

P

P2

3C15

3C12

1

2 10ASTOP

G-W

G-W

G-Y

G-Y

STO

P L

IGH

TS

W

S 4 1F2

Page 179: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

181

When the ignition SW is turned to ACC position the current from the ACC fuse flows to TERMINAL 1 of the shift lock controlcomputer. When the ignition SW is turned to ON position, the current from the ECU-IG fuse flows to TERMINAL 3 of the shiftlock control computer.

1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMWith the ignition SW on, when a signal that the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on) and a signal that the shift leveris put in P position (Continuous between P1 and P of the shift lock control SW) is input to the shift lock control computer, theshift lock control computer operates and current from the ECU-IG fuse flows to TERMINAL 3 of the shift lock controlcomputer to TERMINAL SLS+ to TERMINAL 3 (4WD) or 2 (2WD) of the shift lock solenoid to TERMINAL 6 (4WD) or 1(2WD) to TERMINAL SLS- of the shift lock control computer to TERMINAL 7 to GROUND. This causes the shift locksolenoid to turn on (Plate stopper disengages) and the shift lever can shift into position other than P.

2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISMWith the ignition SW at ON or ACC position, when the shift lever is put in P position (No continuous between P2 and P of theshift lock control SW), the current flowing from TERMINAL 6 of the shift lock control computer to key interlock solenoid is cutoff. This causes the key interlock solenoid to turn off (Lock lever disengages from LOCK position) and the ignition key can beturned from ACC to LOCK position.

S3 SHIFT LOCK CONTROL COMPUTER1-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position3-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position6-GROUND : 0 volts with ignition SW at ACC position and shift lever position in P position

6- 12 volts with shift lever position in except P position7-GROUND : Always continuity8-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

J9 31 S4 31

S3 31 U1 31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F

1G 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1H

( )

3B

3C 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E

( g )

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I18 40 Cowl Wire

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 180: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

182

KEY REMINDER AND SEAT BELT WARNING

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1F8 5 1F

3D9 3D6

1 4

PASSENGER SEAT BELTWARNING LIGHT[CENTER CLUSTER SW]

C24

B12 E14

SEATBELT

E9 E3 E4 E16 E17

A

IF

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

IE

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

3E15

3E16

1

BY26

2

1

3 BY2

IL19

4 BU2

1

3

BU26

BJ

1

2

A

A

A

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

UNLOCKWARNING SW

U 1

BUCKLESW RH

B19

BUCKLESW LH

B13

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

FRO

NT

LH

D16

W- R

W- R

W- B

Y- G

Y- G

B-Y

B-Y

B-Y Y

W-R

W-B

B

W-B

Y-G

Y-G

Y-R

W-B

Y-R

W-B

W-B

(* 1)

(*1)

( *2)

( *1)

(*1)

( *2)

(*1)

(*1)

( *2)

W-B

C27

COMBINATION METER

BE , C29

* 1 : W/ POWER SEAT* 2 : W/O POWER SEAT

BU

CK

LES

W

OC

CU

PA

NT

DE

TEC

TIO

NS

EN

SO

R

3E12

3A1

3A2

W-R

W- B

W- B

W-B

(* 1)

(*1)

( *2)

Page 181: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

183

1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEMWhen the ignition SW turned on, a signal is input to the combination meter. To determine whether the driver has fastened theseat belt, a signal is input from the buckle SW LH to the combination meter TERMINAL (E) 3. When the seat belt is notfastened, the seat belt warning light in the combination meter blinks, and emits a warning sound.In addition, the front passenger is recognized by a sensor (Seat belt warning occupant detection sensor (Buckle SW RH)) isinstalled in the front passenger seat, and determines whether the seat belt is fastened. When not fastened, the signals fromthe buckle SW RH is input to combination meter TERMINAL (E) 4, and the passenger seat belt warning light blinks to warnthe passenger.

2. KEY REMINDER SYSTEMWhen the driver door is opened with the ignition SW off and ignition key remaining in the key cylinder (Unlock warning SWon), a signal is input from the unlock warning SW to the combination meter TERMINAL (E) 16, and from the door courtesySW front LH to combination meter TERMINAL (E) 9. As a result, the buzzer in the combination meter goes on and warns thedriver that the key is remaining in the key cylinder.

C27 (E), C29 (B) COMBINATION METER(B)12-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position(E)17-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B1332 (w/o Power Seat) C24 30 J4 31

B1334 (w/ Power Seat) C27 E 30 J6 31

B1932 (w/o Power Seat) C29 B 30 J9 31

B1934 (w/ Power Seat) D16 32 U1 31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3A

3D 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E

( g )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IL1 40 Cowl Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BU2 44 Floor Wire and Seat No.2 Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

BY2 44 Cowl Wire and Seat No.1 Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

BJ 42 Right Quarter Panel Inner

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 182: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

184

HORN

7

15AHORN, HAZ

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

8 1E

1 A1

HORN SWHORN

61 1

G-RB

B

HORN SW[COMB. SW]

C14HORN RHH 6H 5

HORN LH

B16

BODY ECU

A

HAZ

Page 183: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

185

B16 (A) BODY ECU7-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

(A)1-GROUND : Continuity with horn SW on

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B16 A 30 H5 28

C14 30 H6 28

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 184: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

186

CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK

15AACC

1G11

15ADOME

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

10ATAIL

2

3B7

3B8

1E6

1F3

1E4

1B5

3F17

3F15

3C8

3C4

A

IE

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

I13

12 3

4 12

3B9

CIGARETTELIGHTER

C 4

CLOCKC 7

G

11

2 2

G

GG

L-Y

L-Y

GR

G

L-Y

GR

GR

W-B

W-B

W-B

AB

BC

J 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BA , J 2

Page 185: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

187

C4 CIGARETTE LIGHTER2-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ACC position1-GROUND : Always continuity

C7 CLOCK1-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts (Power for clock)4-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ACC position (Power for indication)3-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position (Signal of indication)2-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C4 30 J1 A 29 J4 31

C7 30 J2 B 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1B 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1F24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1G24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3B

3C 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3F

( g )

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I13 40 Cowl Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 186: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

188

POWER OUTLET

15AACC

1G6

1I1

IG112

3 2

5 1

2 2

2 2

40AAM1

1

2

2

2

2

1

120AALT

2

IG117

BJ EB

2

3 L- R

AM2

AM1

ACC

IG1

L- B

IG2

ST2

W

GR

GR

WW

B-R

B-R

W-B

W-B

W-B

1

2

PWR OUTLETRELAY

IGNITION SWI14

PO

WE

R O

UTL

ET

( RE

AR

)P

23

BATTERY

15APWROUTLET

I17

IE

I10

1

2

PO

WE

R O

UTL

ET

FRO

NT

LHP

24 1

2

PO

WE

R O

UTL

ET

FRO

NT

RH

P25

IL111

I17

A

W-B

W-B

W-B

B-R

B-R

B- R

B-R

B-R

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

1

2

Page 187: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

189

PWR OUTLET RELAY3-5 : Closed with ignition SW at ACC or ON position

1-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position5-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts2-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

I14 31 P23 33 P25 31

J4 31 P24 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1G 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1I 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IL1 40 Cowl Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 36 Front Left Fender

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

BJ 42 Right Quarter Panel Inner

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I10 40 Cowl Wire I17 40 Cowl Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 188: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

190

POWER SEAT

I 6

L

W-B

A

IF

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BY22

B10

2 1

4

FRO

NT

RE

AR

1 2

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(DRIVER’ S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT)

P13

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1C4

30APOWER

B10

BY21

C

C

5 8 4 7 2 6

SLIDE RECLINING VERTICAL

9

RE

AR

FRO

NT

FRO

NT

RE

AR

UP

DO

WN

2 1 1 2 2 1

3

POWER SEAT MOTOR(DRIVER’ S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL)

P18POWER SEAT MOTOR(DRIVER’ S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL)

P17POWER SEAT MOTOR(DRIVER’ S SEAT VERTICAL CONTROL)

P19POWER SEAT MOTOR(DRIVER’ S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT)

P16

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’ S SIDE)P14

L L

L

LL

L

L-B

L-W

L-R

L-Y

L-O

LG

L

L-O

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

L

10

L

W- B

L

3E16

3E15

W-B

3C1

3C3

2

1

M M M M

3C15

3C22 3C18

Page 189: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

191

W- B

7 8 2 3

SLIDE RECLINING

RE

AR

FRO

NT

FRO

NT

RE

AR

1 2 2 1

POWER SEAT MOTOR(FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL)

P21POWER SEAT MOTOR(FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL)

P20

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SIDE)P15

L-B

L-W

L-R

L-Y

IL11

BU21

W- B

BU22

4

LL

L

5

W-B

W-B

IL15

M M

Page 190: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

192

POWER SEAT

P13 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT)4-2 : Closed with the driver’s seat at lumbar support front operation4-1 : Closed with the driver’s seat at lumbar support rear operation

3-GROUND : Always continuity

P14 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’S SIDE)10-5 : Closed with the driver’s seat at front slide operation10-8 : Closed with the driver’s seat at rear slide operation10-4 : Closed with the driver’s seat at front reclining operation10-7 : Closed with the driver’s seat at rear reclining operation10-2 : Closed with the driver’s seat at vertical up operation10-6 : Closed with the driver’s seat at vertical down operation9-GROUND : Always continuity

P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FRONT PASSENGER’S SIDE)5-7 : Closed with the front passenger’s seat at front slide operation5-8 : Closed with the front passenger’s seat at rear slide operation5-2 : Closed with the front passenger’s seat at front reclining operation5-3 : Closed with the front passenger’s seat at rear reclining operation

4-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

J9 31 P15 34 P19 34

J10 31 P16 34 P20 34

P13 34 P17 34 P21 34

P14 34 P18 34

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3C26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IL1 40 Cowl Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BU2 44 Floor Wire and Seat No.2 Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

BY2 44 Cowl Wire and Seat No.1 Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I6 40 Cowl Wire B10 44 Seat No.1 Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 191: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

193

MEMO

Page 192: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

194

SEAT HEATER

20ASEATHTR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

2

IG120

I 6

IG

IND

3 6

2

LL

L

R-B

HI LO

E

2 3

1

R-G

R-W

B

HI LO

IG

IND

3

2

L

E

6

HI LO

E

2 3

1

L-R

L-W

HI LO

BU2

3

1

2 3 2 3

SE

AT

HE

ATE

R( F

RO

NT

PA

SS

EN

GE

R’

SS

EA

T C

US

HIO

N)

S13

L-B

L-B

L-B

SE

AT

HE

ATE

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

CU

SH

ION

)

S11

R-B

R-B

L

SEAT HEATERSW LH

S 7SEAT HEATERSW RH

S 8

3C19

3C22

3E15

3E16

IF

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

W-B

W-B

BY22

3C15

W-B

W-B

3C20

IL1

5

BU22

W-B

W-B

W-B

W- B

SEAT HEATER(DRIVER’ SSEAT BACK)

S10

SE

AT

HE

ATE

R( F

RO

NT

PA

SS

EN

GE

R’

SS

EA

T B

AC

K)

S12

W-B

1

E

B

3C

18

BY24 IL113

1

Page 193: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

195

S7, S8 SEAT HEATER SW LH, RH3-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON or ST position2-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

J9 31 S10 34 S13 34

S7 31 S11 34

S8 31 S12 34

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

3C26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IL1 40 Cowl Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BU2 44 Floor Wire and Seat No.2 Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

BY2 44 Cowl Wire and Seat No.1 Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I6 40 Cowl Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 194: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

196

AUTO ANTENNA

10AECU- IG

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1G1

15ADOME

2

15AACC

1G11

1E6

1F3

3C8

3C6

3B7

3B6

A

IE

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

1 2

2 3 6

1 4 5 7 8

3

8

9

AUTO ANTENNAMOTOR

A11

AUTO ANTENNACONTROL RELAY

A23

RADIO AND PLAYER (*1) ORSTEREO POWER AMPLIFIER (*2)

R 1

L-Y

1

2

Y GR

L-Y

L-Y Y GR

B-W P-L

GR

B-Y L

W-B

ACC

ANT+

AMP+

ANTA ANTB E

B IG ACC ANT AMP

1 3 8

AMP+ ACC ANT+

P-L

GR

-B

B-R( *2)

( *2)

( *2)

AMP+ ACC ANT+

RADIO AND PLAYER

* 1 : BUILT- IN TYPE AMPLIFIER

1G12

GR

* 2 : SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER

M

Page 195: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

197

A23 AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY1-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts5-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position4-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position6-GROUND : Always continuity7-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position and radio SW on and player SW off8-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position and radio SW off and player SW on

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A11 28 J4 31

A23 30 R1 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1F24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1G24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3B26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3C26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

SERVICE HINTS

Page 196: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

198

RADIO AND PLAYER

12

15AACC

1G11

15ADOME

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

1E6

1F3

3C8

3C9

3B7

3B6

IF1

1

IF1

IK1

1

IK110

BW18

BW19

BX1

8

BX19

A4

A3

A8

A9

A2

A6

A1

A5

B2

B6

B1

B3

A7

ID

2

1

2

1

AUTO ANTENNACONTROL RELAY

A23

REAR DOORSPEAKER LH

R11

REAR DOORSPEAKER RH

R12

P

1

2

V

LG

L-Y

L-Y

GR

L- Y

GR

L

5

7

8

B- W

(*1)

P- L

(*1)

GR

BR

W

R

W(*2)

B(*3)

B- W(*3)

R(*2)

B(*3)

W(*2)

B- W(*3)

R(*2)

L

B

Y

LG

1G

V

P

* 4 : W/ TWEETER* 3 : W/O POWER WINDOW* 2 : W/ POWER WINDOW* 1 : W/ AUTO ANTENNA

ACC

GND

FL+

FL-

FR+

FR-

RL+

RL-

RR+

RR-

+B

ACC

ANT+

AMP+

ANT

AMP

FR

ON

T D

OO

RS

PE

AK

ER

TW

EE

TE

R

( *4)

( *4)

FRO

NT

DO

OR

SP

EA

KE

R

TWE

ETE

R

( *4)

( *4)

2

1

2

1

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LHF 8

F 9

* 5 : BUILT- IN TYPE AMPLIFIER

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

12

13

14

P- L(*6)

V(*6)

GR- B(*6)

L- B(*6)

BR(*6)

L(*6)

B(*6)

B- R(*6)

LG(*6)

W(*6)

R(*6)

Y(*6)

15 G(*6)

AMP+

ILL+

ACC

+B

MUTE

FL+

FR+

ANT+

ILL-

S. GND

BEEP

RL+

RR+

AMP+

ILL+

ACC

+B

MUTE

FL+

FR+

ANT+

ILL-

S. GND

BEEP

RL+

RR+

RA

DIO

AN

D P

LAY

ER

* 6 : SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER

10

R 1

RADIO AND PLAYER (*5) ORSTEREO POWER AMPLIFIER (*6)

BA , R 2

GR

Page 197: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

199

R1 (A) RADIO AND PLAYER (BUILT-IN TYPE AMPLIFIER) OR STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER (SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER)(A) 3-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ACC position(A) 4-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(A) 7-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A23 30 R1 A 31 R12 33

F8 32 R2 B 31

F9 32 R11 33

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1F24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1G24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3B26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3C26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IF1 38 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IK1 40 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BW1 42 Rear Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Center Pillar)

BX1 42 Rear Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Center Pillar)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

ID 38 Left Kick Panel

SERVICE HINTS

Page 198: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

200

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER

4

1E2

1 5

2 3

2 2

2

1

2

2

15ADEFOG

2

2

1

10AMIR HTR

2

2

1

22 IG1IG19

I 1

IE13

IF111

BR17

7 BS1

2

3

2

3

6 IK1IF21A1

B1

A

IE

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

IF

A

3E21

3E16

8

1J8

R20

MIR

RO

R H

EA

TER

LH

[RE

MO

TE

CO

NT

RO

L M

IRR

OR

LH

]

MIR

RO

R H

EA

TER

RH

[RE

MO

TE

CO

NT

RO

L M

IRR

OR

RH

]

R21

R17

RE

AR

WIN

DO

WD

EF

OG

GE

R

BA

, R

18

B16

BODY ECU

A

A

BATTERY

120AALT

DE

FOG

RE

LAY

A

DEF SW

18 A A3

DIND

7

10

4

9

C23

RE

AR

WIN

DO

W D

EF

OG

GE

R S

WA

ND

IND

ICA

TO

R L

IGH

T[C

EN

TE

R C

LUS

TE

R S

W]

GNDDEF

G- B

B- Y

W- B

W- B

B-O

R-B

B

G-B

B

G-B

G-B

BB

B

G-B

G-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

B-Y

LG-B

LG-R

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

(* 1)

(*1)

IK116

Page 199: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

201

A

BODY ECU

B16

A7

MPX1

IE28

BR24

5 BS1

9 1F

15AMPX- B

2

15AACC

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1G11

10AECU- IG

1G2

A10

ECU- B

IE12

BR18

8 BS1

IE211

BR16

6 BS1

13 IG1

I 1

A9

ACC

10

3

13

1

2

B 9B 9 BS1

3

BR1

3

BH

26182

2

1

BACK WINDOWLIMIT SW

B11

BACK DOOR ECUB18

ECU- IG

W- B

B- Y

W- B W- B W- B

L- RL- R

V-W L-

R

GR

L-R

V-W Y

V-W L-

R YYL-R

V-W

L-R

V-W

W-B

R-L

W-B

GR

L-R

B-Y

W-B

L-R Y

Y

LMTWGNDMPX1ECU- B

IG

* 1 : W/ MIRROR HEATER

10AGAUGE

Page 200: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

202

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER

When the rear window defogger SW (Center cluster SW) is turned on while the ignition SW is on and the back window isclosed, the rear window defogger and mirror heater is operated through the control of the body ECU, and the rear windowdefogger indicator light comes on.

B11 BACK WINDOW LIMIT SW1-2 : Closed with back power window fully closed

DEFOG RELAY3-5 : Closed with ignition SW at ON position, rear window fully closed (Limit SW on) and rear window defogger SW on

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B11 32 J4 31 R20 33

B16 A 30 J9 31 R21 33

B18 32 R17 A 33

C23 30 R18 B 33

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1F

1G 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J

( )

3E 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE138 Cowl Wire and Floor No 2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE238 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IF138 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IF238 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IK1 40 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BR142 Back Door No 1 Wire and Floor No 2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BR242 Back Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BS1 42 Back Door No.1 Wire and Back Door No.2 Wire (Back Door Left)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

BH 42 Left Quarter Panel Inner

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I1 40 Cowl Wire B9 42 Back Door No.2 Wire

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 201: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

203

MEMO

Page 202: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

204

COMBINATION METER

C29

, B

C28

, D

C27

, E

C26

, A

C

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ET

ER

C25

D1

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1F8

B12 E15

E11E5E1E6E2D5

IE23

D4

IE215IE2415 II4

D6

10 3E

8 3E

3E63E5

D3 D2

B-Y

GR

-L

LG

G-O B

BR

-B

Y-R O

R-W

R-G

R-Y R G

G-W

Y-R O

BR

-B

BR

-B

B

G-O

G-O

G-O

2 1

3

FUE

L S

EN

DE

RF1

0

ODO/TRIP

FUE

L

SE

AT

BE

LT

FRO

M IG

NIT

ION

KE

YC

YLI

ND

ER

LIG

HT

( *1)

( *2)

( *3)

FR

OM

BO

DY

EC

U

FRO

M D

IOD

E (

DA

YT

IME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

NO

. 1)

FRO

M H

EA

D R

ELA

Y

TO

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

FRO

M T

AIL

RE

LAY

TO

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

TO 4

WD

EC

U

TO A

/C A

MP

LIFI

ER

TO E

NG

INE

CO

NTR

OL

MO

DU

LE FR

OM

IG

NIT

ER

SP1

C16

V18

VSC ECU

C

AB

S

E18

B-L

TO V

SC

EC

U

Page 203: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

205

SP

EE

DO

ME

TER

TAC

HO

ME

TER

FUE

L

D12

15ADOME

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

1E6

1F4

L-Y

L-Y

E9 E8 E7 E16 E3 E4 E14 E13 E12

B

B-W B-R

Y-R

W-R

Y-G Y

LG-B

LG-R

C25

COMBINATION METER

CA , C26 E, C27 D, C28 B, C29

2

1

TO

BU

CK

LE S

W R

H

DO

OR

TO D

OO

R C

OU

RTE

SY

SW

FRO

NT

LH

TO D

OO

R C

OU

RTE

SY

SW

FRO

NT

RH

TO D

OO

R C

OU

RTE

SY

SW

RE

AR

LH

, R

H

TO U

NLO

CK

WA

RN

ING

SW

TO

BU

CK

LE S

W L

H

FRO

M P

AS

SE

NG

ER

SE

AT

BE

LT W

AR

NIN

G L

IGH

T[C

EN

TER

CLU

STE

R S

W]

FRO

M IN

TE

RIO

R L

IGH

T( F

RO

NT)

FRO

M IN

TE

RIO

R L

IGH

T( R

EA

R)

* 3 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

* 1 : AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING* 2 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

D8

LTO

CE

NTE

R A

IRB

AG

SE

NS

OR

AS

SE

MB

LY

E19

BR

BR

SR

S

Page 204: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

206

COMBINATION METER

11 A

WA

TE

R T

EM

P.

A7 A8 9 A

5 A

Y-G

4 A

15 A 12 A 2 B 1 B D10

D11

ILLU

MIN

AT

ION

A/T

P

A14

11

10AIGN

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1F11

8 II410 II4

3D20

3D18

3F17

3F20

ID

Y-G

G-Y

L-B

G-R

C25

COMBINATION METER

CA , C26 E, C27 D, C28 B, C29

W-G

B-R

WA

TE

R T

EM

P.

SE

ND

ER

W 2

OIL

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

O 1

Y-R LG

LGY-R

BR

G-W

GR

-B

GG

G

G

FRO

M E

LEC

TRO

NIC

ALL

Y C

ON

TR

OLL

ED

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N P

ATT

ER

N S

ELE

CT

SW

[CE

NTE

R C

LUS

TER

SW

]

FRO

M H

EA

DLI

GH

T LH

, R

H (

*2)

FRO

M D

AY

TIM

E R

UN

NIN

G L

IGH

TR

ELA

Y (

MA

IN)

( *3)

OIL

FR

OM

TU

RN

SIG

NA

L S

W[C

OM

B.

SW

], H

AZA

RD

SW

CH

AR

GE

BR

AK

E

EC

T P

WR

HIG

H B

EA

M

TUR

N L

H

TUR

N R

H

( 4W

D)

TO D

ET

EC

TIO

N S

W( T

RA

NS

FER

NE

UTR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

)

TO R

HE

OS

TAT

TO

GE

NE

RA

TO

R

EA

IG123

E10

OF

RO

M V

SC

EC

U

G-W

W-B

1

2

BR

AK

E F

LUID

LEV

EL

WA

RN

ING

SW

B 2

BR

Page 205: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

207

7C C6 CC5C4C32

A13E17

A

W-B

( *1)

10ATAIL

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

AB

BCJ 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BA , J 2

V

W-R

B-R

W-L

L-Y

LG

C25

COMBINATION METER

CA , C26 E, C27 D, C28 B, C29

G

GG

G

2

1

P

FROM A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

R N 2 L

W-B

FRO

M A

/C A

MP

LIF

IER

* 1 : AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

* 3 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 2 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

1B

5

1E

4 G

* 4 : W/ WASHER LEVEL WARNING

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

IE

D

Page 206: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

208

COMBINATION METER

SLI

P

VS

C

VS

C O

FF

A/T

OIL

TE

MP

.

WA

SH

ER

LE

VE

L

4WD

CE

NT

ER

DIF

F.

LOC

K

A3A10A6A1A16B6B3

P-G

G-B P Y

L-W

V-W

R-W

( 4W

D)

( *4)

( 4W

D)

C25

COMBINATION METER

CA , C26 E, C27 D, C28 B, C29

(4W

D)

TO 4

WD

EC

U

TO 4

WD

EC

U

TO

WA

SH

ER

LE

VE

LW

AR

NIN

G S

W

TO

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE

MA

LFU

NC

TIO

N I

ND

ICA

TOR

LA

MP

CR

UIS

E

O/D

OFF

B9B13C1

G-Y GR V

TO E

NG

INE

CO

NTR

OL

MO

DU

LE

TO E

NG

INE

CO

NTR

OL

MO

DU

LE

TO

VS

C E

CU

Page 207: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

209

B2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW1-2 : Closed with float down

C25 (A), C27 (E), C28 (D), C29 (B) COMBINATION METER(B)12-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position(A) 5-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position(A) 7, (E) 17, (E) 19-GROUND : Always continuity(D)12-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B2 28 C29 B 30 O1 29

C25 A 30 F10 32 V18 31

C26 C 30 J1 A 29 W2 29

C27 E 30 J2 B 29

C28 D 30 J4 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1B 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1F 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3D

3E 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3F

( g )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE2 38 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

II4 40 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EA 36 Front Right Fender

ID 38 Left Kick Panel

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

SERVICE HINTS

Page 208: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

210

REAR HEATER

10ARR HTR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

10AGAUGE

A

IF

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

IL12

BP12

IG125

IL16

BP11

BP13

IL114

M1 2

2 1B 6B 6B 6

LO

OFF

HI

3 2

5 1

4

1 2

3

REAR HEATERRELAY

R16

REAR HEATERBLOWER SW

R15

REAR HEATERBLOWERRESISTOR

R14

REAR HEATERBLOWER MOTOR

R13

B- O

2

PP

P

B-Y

B-Y

B

L- B

L- WW-B

L- R

L- RW- BW- B

W-B

L-R

L-B

W- B

W-B

W-B

W-B

1

1F5

3D9

3D7

B-Y

Page 209: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

211

R15 REAR HEATER BLOWER SW2-3 : Closed with the ignition SW at on and rear heater blower SW at LO position

1, 2-3 : Closed with the ignition SW at on and rear heater blower SW at HI position

R16 REAR HEATER RELAY5-3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON position and rear heater blower SW at HI or LO position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

J9 31 R14 33 R16 33

R13 33 R15 33

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3D 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IL1 40 Cowl Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BP1 42 Floor Wire and Rear Heater Sub Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

B6 42 Rear Heater Sub Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 210: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

212

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

50AHEATER

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

+B VM

HEATERRELAY

B- Y

R-L

J 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BA , J 2

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

GND SI

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B14

BLO

WE

R M

OTO

RLI

NE

AR

CO

NTR

OLL

ER

2 3

4

1 5

2 2

2 22

L-R

Y-R

W-B

E15

EX

TR

A H

IGH

SP

EE

D R

ELA

Y

A 2

IG1114 IG1

L-R

A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH

A32

A/C

MA

GN

ETI

CC

LUTC

H R

ELA

Y

I22

L-R

4

2

EB

W-B

W- B

Y- RW

-G

W-B

AA

AA

IF

W-B

A

W-B

A

W-L

B-Y

I21

3

W-G

1

B-Y

B-WB-Y

B-Y

L-W

B-Y

L-R

2 1

R

R- L

BLOWER MOTORB 6

R- W

W- B

W- L

W- LL- R

W- B

R- W

R- Y

G- B

Y- R

B- Y

L- R

4 3

2 1

9 4

1

1

II425

IJ12 IJ13

BB

AC

10AGAUGE

1F51E5

2 3D

9 3D

7. 5AECU- B

1B4

IJ14

I10

1

2

A

IJ11

7

W-B

W-B

W- B

M

3B2

3B1

3B4

Page 211: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

213

ILL- STX ILL+ CLK IG+ SWD GND DPD 5V BLK

A13

B

26 A

IG+

10 A

HR

2 B

MGC

23 A

FR

16 B

BLW

14 A

GND

9 B

PSW

I10

I12

2

1

A30

A/C AMPLIFIER

AB , A31

A6

AIF

M

FRE

SH

RE

CIR

C

Mfrs Mrec Pt Vz

GND

A7

AIR

B7

TPI

32 1 4

Y-G

R-G VL-R

B-Y

Y-R

G-B

R-Y

R-W

W-B O

OW

-B

W-B

5

Y

GR

B- Y

W- BW- B

R- W

R- Y

G- B

Y- R

B- Y

L- R

B-Y

B-Y

A 1

A/C

DU

AL

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

AIR INLET CONTROLSERVO MOTOR

A35

W- B3E17

3E16 W- B

HEATER CONTROL PANEL SW

Page 212: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

214

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

A11

S5

I15

1

2

B5

TS

I15

A34

A/C

SO

LAR

SE

NS

OR

+

-

M

A

B

FACE

4

B/L

5

FOOT

6

F/D

7

DEF

8

CONTROLCIRCUIT

A4

FACE

A17

B/L

A18

FOOT

A19

F/D

A20

DEF

AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR

A37

M

CO

OL

WA

RM

Mhot Mcool

MH MC

4 2

W R

A9

AMH AMC

AIR

MIX

CO

NT

RO

L S

ER

VO

MO

TOR

AN

DA

/C W

ATE

R T

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

A36

A30

A/C AMPLIFIER

AB , A31

Y PYY

G-B

G-W R-L

P-B

Y-B R W

G-B

G-W R-L

P-B

Y-B

R W

Y

GR

Y

GR

Y

B- Y

W- B

2

1

A8

Page 213: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

215

A30

A/C AMPLIFIER

AB , A31

6 7 5

VZ PT SG

Vz Pt GND

I19

B8

TP

A1

SG

TW

3 1

G

I15 I14

1

2

1

2

1

2

IG126

IJ15

IJ16

19 IG1

B3

TAM

B4

TR

B6

TE

A5

TW

B10

ACT

B13

AC1

A15

SPD

B11

VER1

8 3E

6 3E

D3 A13

A/C

AM

BIE

NT

TEM

P.

SE

NS

OR

A26

A/C

RO

OM

TE

MP

. S

EN

SO

RA

33

A/C

TH

ER

MIS

TOR

A14

AIR

MIX

CO

NT

RO

L S

ER

VO

MO

TOR

AN

DA

/C W

ATE

R T

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

A36

B-L

B-L

B-Y

W-R

B

B-R L-B

L-Y

G-O

G-O

W-B

W-B

B-R

GR

GR

GR

GR

Y B GR

GR

B-R

GRB

GR

Y

GR GR GR

G B Y

G B-R

ACT AC1

A

IE

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 4

C25

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ETE

R

EA

, C

27D

, C

28

E17

W-B

B- R

93

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

E14

Page 214: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

216

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

1. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATIONCurrent is applied at all times through HEATER fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the HEATER relay. When the ignition SW is turnedon, current flows through the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the HEATER relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL HR of theA/C amplifier. At the same time, current also flows from GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL IG+ of the A/C amplifier.

∗ Low speed operationWhen the blower SW (Heater control panel SW) is pushed to LOW SPEED position, the current to TERMINAL HR of theA/C amplifier flows to TERMINAL GND of the A/C amplifier to GROUND and turns the HEATER relay on. As a result, thecurrent to TERMINAL 1 of the HEATER relay flows to TERMINAL 2 of the relay to TERMINAL 2 of the blower motor toTERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 2 of the blower resistor (Low) to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND and causes the blower motor torotate at low speed.

∗ High speed operationWhen the blower SW (Heater control panel SW) is pushed to HIGH SPEED position, the current to TERMINAL HR of theA/C amplifier flows to TERMINAL GND of the A/C amplifier to GROUND and turns the HEATER relay on. As a result, thecurrent to TERMINAL 1 of the HEATER relay flows to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 2 of the blower motor to TERMINAL 1to TERMINAL 4 of the blower motor linear controller to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL BLW of the A/C amplifier (Which isactivated when the blower SW is pushed to high speed position) to TERMINAL GND to GROUND without passingthrough the blower resistor (Low), causing the blower motor to rotate at high speed.

2. AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION(Switching from FRESH to RECIRC)With the ignition SW turned on, the current flows from GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL IG+ of the A/C amplifier to TERMINAL AIRto TERMINAL 1 of the air inlet control servo motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL AIF of the A/C amplifier to TERMINALGND to GROUND, the motor rotates and the damper moves to the RECIRC side. when the damper operates with the heatercontrol panel SW at RECIRC position, the damper position signal is input from TERMINAL 3 of the servo motor toTERMINAL TPI of the A/C amplifier. As a result, current to the servo motor circuit is cut off by the A/C amplifier, so thedamper stops at that position.(Switching from RECIRC to FRESH)With the ignition SW turned on, when the heater control panel SW is switched to the FRESH side, the current flows fromTERMINAL IG+ of the A/C amplifier to TERMINAL AIF to TERMINAL 2 of the air inlet control servo motor to TERMINAL 1 toTERMINAL AIR of the A/C amplifier to TERMINAL GND to GROUND, The motor rotates and the damper stops at thatposition.

3. AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATIONWhen the ignition SW turned on, the current flows from GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL IG+ of the A/C amplifier.(Switching from DEF to FACE)The current flows from TERMINAL FACE of the A/C amplifier to TERMINAL 4 of the air vent mode control servo motor toTERMINAL 8 to TERMINAL DEF of the A/C amplifier to TERMINAL GND to GROUND. The motor rotates and the dampermoves to the FACE side. When the damper operates with the heater control panel SW at FACE position, the damperposition signal is input from TERMINAL 8 of the servo motor to the TERMINAL DEF of the A/C amplifier. As a result, currentto the servo motor circuit is cut off by the A/C amplifier, so the damper stops at that position.(Switching from FACE to DEF)The current flows from TERMINAL DEF of the A/C amplifier to TERMINAL 8 of the air vent control servo motor to TERMINAL4 to TERMINAL FACE of the A/C amplifier to TERMINAL GND to GROUND, the motor rotates and the damper stops at thatposition.

4. AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATIONWhen the temperature control SW (Heater control panel SW) is turned to the ”COOL” side the current flows from TERMINALAMC of the A/C amplifier to TERMINAL 2 of the air mix control servo motor to motor to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL AMH ofthe A/C amplifier to GROUND and the motor rotates. The damper opening angle at this time is input from TERMINAL 7 of theservo motor to TERMINAL TP of the A/C amplifier, this is used to determine the DAMPER STOP position and maintain theset temperature.When the temperature control SW (Heater control panel SW) is turned to the ”HOT” side, the current flows from servo motorto TERMINAL AMH of the A/C amplifier to TERMINAL 4 of the air mix control servo motor to motor to TERMINAL 2 toTERMINAL AMC of the A/C amplifier, rotating the motor in reverse and switching the damper from ”COOL” to ”HOT” side.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 215: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

217

5. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONThe A/C amplifier receives various signals, I.E., out side air temperature signal from the A/C ambient temp. sensor, coolanttemperature from water temp. sensor, etc.When the engine is started and the A/C SW (Heater control panel SW) is on, a signal is input to the A/C amplifier.As a result, the ground circuit in A/C amplifier is closed and current flows from GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the A/Cmagnetic clutch relay to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL MGC of the A/C amplifier to TERMINAL GND to GROUND, turning theA/C magnetic clutch relay on, so that the magnetic clutch is on and the A/C compressor operates.At the same time, the engine control module. Detects the magnetic clutch is on and the A/C compressor operates.If the A/C amplifier detects the following conditions, it stops the air conditioning:∗ Evaporator outlet air is too low.∗ The refrigerant pressure is abnormally high or abnormally low.∗ The engine speed is too low.∗ Rapid acceleration occurs.

A1 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW1-2 : Open above approx. 2.0 kgf/cm2 (28 psi, 196 kpa) or 32 kgf/cm2 (455 psi, 3138 kpa)

A2 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH1-GROUND : Approx. 3.7 Ω

A30 (B), A31 (A) A/C AMPLIFIERB-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

IG+ -GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON positionHR -GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and do not turn the blower motor

Below 1 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and turn the blower motorPSW-GROUND : Below 1 volts with the ignition SW at ON positionAC1-GROUND : Below 1 volts at start the engine, operate the compressor

+ OR MORE volts at start the engine, do not operate the compressorBLW-GROUND : Below 1.5 volts with the ignition SW on and turn the blower motor

S5-SG : 4- 6 volts with the ignition SW at ON positionSG-GROUND : Always continuity

AMH-AMC : 1.3- 1.9 volts with the ignition SW offAIF-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the FRESH SW onAIR-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the RECIRC SW on

FACE-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the FACE SW onDEF-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the DEF SW onGND-GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A1 28 A34 30 C28 D 30

A2 28 A35 30 E14 31

A14 30 A36 30 E15 31

A26 28 A37 30 J1 A 29

A30 B 30 B6 30 J2 B 29

A31 A 30 B14 30 J4 31

A32 30 C25 A 30 J9 31

A33 30 C27 E 30

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 216: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

218

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1B 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1F 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3B

3D 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E

( g )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

II4 40 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

IJ1 40 Cowl Wire and A/C Sub Wire (Near the A/C Unit)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 36 Front Left Fender

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I10 I19

I1240 Cowl Wire

I21 40 Cowl Wire

I1440 Cowl Wire

I22

I15

Page 217: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

219

MEMO

Page 218: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

220

AIR CONDITIONING (MANUAL A/C)

1 5

4

2 3

2 2 2

22

AA

AA

BB

AC

IG111

50AHEATER

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

2

3 2

1 4

OFF LO M1 M2 HI

BLOWER SWB 8

3B1

3B2 3B4

M

1

2

IG14

IF

A

10AA. C

2

IG110

1

2

2

7. 5AECU- B

1B4

A/C

DU

AL

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

A 1

I 3

2

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BJ

1A

, J

2

L-R

Y-R

R-L

L-R

L-B

L-B

HE

ATE

R R

ELA

Y

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1 A

EB

W-B

W-B

W-B

Y-R

W- B

L- R

BLOWER RESISTORB 7

L- R

BLOWERMOTOR

B 6

I12

B IG+ B

8 3 1

B-L

L-RO

L-R

O

O

4

AMC

W

5

AMH

R

11

S5

Y

12

TP

B

13

SG

GR

W-B

AJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

8

1

6 5 4

L- B

1

2

O

R- LR

L-R

R

2 4 6 7 5

AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTORA36

A/C AMPLIFIERA12

L-R

L-Y

1

Page 219: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

221

1E5

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)

1F5

3D9

3D2

I10

B-Y

B-Y

B-Y

I10

B-Y

Y-G

R-G

G-B

G-W R-L

P-B

Y-B

1 2 4 5 6 7 8 1

AIR INLETCONTROLSERVO MOTOR

AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR

A37

IG+

IG+ FRS REC FACE B/L FOOT F/D DEF GND

FRS REC

3

I14W

-BW

-B

II425

14

MGC

W-G

1

A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH

A 2

1

2

I16

W-R

R-W

R-W

R-W

W-G

24 22 23

ECON OUT IN

L-B

9

ACT

L-Y

10

AC2

ACT AC1

3E17

3E16

IF

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

B- Y

B-Y

B- Y

B-Y

2

2 6 7 17 18 19 20 21 25

W-B

W-B

R- L

A/C

TH

ER

MIS

TO

RA

14

A35

A/C AMPLIFIERA12

93

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

E14

Page 220: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

222

AIR CONDITIONING (MANUAL A/C)

1. BLOWER MOTOR OPERATIONWith the ignition SW on, current from the GAUGE fuse flows to TERMINAL 5 of the HEATER relay to TERMINAL 3 toTERMINAL 1 of the blower SW.∗ Low speed operationWhen the blower SW is moved to LO position, the current flows to TERMINAL 1 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 8 toGROUND, causing the HEATER relay to come on. Then the current from HEATER fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the HEATERrelay to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 2 of the blower motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 4 of the blower resistor toTERMINAL 1 to GROUND, causing the blower motor to rotate. At this time, the current flows against the full resistance of theblower resistor, so the motor turns slowly at low speed.∗ Medium speed operation (Operation at speed M1, M2)When the blower SW is moved to the M1 position, the current flows to TERMINAL 1 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 8 toGROUND, turning the HEATER relay to on. Then, the same as low speed operation, the current passing through theTERMINAL 2 of the HEATER relay flows to the TERMINAL 2 of the blower motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 4 of theblower resistor to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 3 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 8 to GROUND. At this time, the blowerresistance of the blower resistor is less than at low speed, so the blower motor rotates at medium low speed.When the blower SW is moved to M2 position, the current flowing through the blower motor flows from TERMINAL 4 of theblower resistor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 2 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 8 to GROUND. At this time, blowerresistance of the blower resistor is less than at M1 position, so the blower motor rotates at medium high speed.∗ High speed operationWhen the blower SW is moved to HI position, the current flows to TERMINAL 1 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 8 toGROUND, turning the HEATER relay to on. Then, the same as medium speed operation, the current passing through theblower motor flows from TERMINAL 6 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 8 to GROUND, causing the blower motor to rotates athigh speed.

2. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONWhen the blower SW is set to on, current from the HEATER fuse flows through the A.C fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the A/C dualpressure SW to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 3 of the A/C amplifier. The engine speed signal from engine control Module andthe evaporator temp. signal from the A/C thermistor are all supplied to the A/C amplifier. When the A/C SW is turned on, theA/C SW on signal is sent to activate the A/C amplifier. Current flows from the A/C amplifier to the magnetic clutch, turning thecompressor on. The A/C operation is shut off when a signal indicating low evaporator temp., or abnormally high or lowrefrigerant pressure, is supplied while the engine high speed signal exists. When one of these signals is received, theamplifier shuts off the A/C operation.

A1 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW1-2 : Open with refrigerant pressure at less than approx. 2.0 kgf/cm2 (28.4 psi, 196 kpa) or

more than approx. 32 kgf/cm2 (455 psi, 3138 kpa)

HEATER RELAY1-2 : Closed with ignition SW at ON position and blower SW on

1-GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts5-GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position4-GROUND : Always continuity

B8 BLOWER SW8-1 : Closed with blower SW at LO position

8-6, 1 : Closed with blower SW at M1 position8-5, 1 : Closed with blower SW at M2 position8-4, 1 : Closed with blower SW at HI position

A2 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH1-GROUND : Approx. 3.7 Ω

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A1 28 A36 30 E14 31

A2 28 A37 30 J1 A 29

A12 30 B6 30 J2 B 29

A14 30 B7 30 J9 31

A35 30 B8 30

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 221: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

223

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1B 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1F 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3B

3D 26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E

( g )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

II4 40 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 36 Front Left Fender

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I3 40 Engine Room Main Wire I1440 Cowl Wire

I1040 Cowl Wire

I1640 Cowl Wire

I1240 Cowl Wire

Page 222: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

224

I GROUND POINT

9

IE1

W- B

TRAILER SOCKET

FUEL PUMP

A

A

AA

B

AA

A

2

ENGINE HOODCOURTESY SW

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER

B

B

FRONT FOG LIGHT LH

A

A

AA

W- B

2

B

EFI RELAY

STARTER RELAY

A

BACK DOORECU

B

(ME01)

REAR WIPER MOTOR

BACK WINDOW LIMITSW

BACK DOOR COURTESYSW

IGNITER

2

E 2

A

A

2HEATER RELAY

FRONT FOG LIGHT RH

PWR OUTLET RELAY

FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT RH

A

EB TAILGATE CONTROLSW

LICENSE PLATELIGHT

BHDATA LINKCONNECTOR 1

W-B

NOISE FILTER

ENGINECONTROLMODULE

FRONT PARKINGLIGHT LH

FRONT PARKINGLIGHT RH

FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT LH

B 9

B 9

HIGH MOUNTEDSTOP LIGHTB 9

HEATED OXYGENSENSOR(BANK 1 SENSOR 2)

BR13

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 3

EC

I20

II4

18

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

(SG)

(E03)

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

BR

W-B

W-B

BR

W- B

W- B

W- BW- B

W- B

W- B

W-B

BR

BR

BR

BR

W- B

W- B W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B BACK DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SW

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

BR

BR

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- BW- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

(*5)

W- BW- B

W- B

(E1)

(*5)

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

* 5 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM

* 3 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

* 6 : W/ MOON ROOF

* 4 : W/ POWER SEAT

* 1 : W/ POWER WINDOW* 2 : W/O POWER WINDOW

(E02)

(E01)

(GND)

BJ 1 A , J 2

BS13

(*5) (*5)

AA

(E04)W- B

* 8 : W/ MIRROR HEATER* 7 : W/ WASHER LEVEL WARNING SW

W- B TRAILERCONVERTER

W-B

W-B

W-B

W- B

VSCACTUATOR

(GND1)

(PHG)

B 8W- B

BRII43

BR

CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

Page 223: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

225

(*8)

POWER SEAT CONTROLSW(DRIVER’ S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT)

POWER OUTLETFRONT LH

POWER OUTLETFRONT RH

COMBINATIONMETER

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 3

AUTO ANTENNACONTROL RELAY

POWER WINDOWCONTROL SW FRONT RH

DOOR LOCK CONTROLSW FRONT RH

DOOR KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW FRONT RH

I10

I10

I10

B 5

I10

DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SWFRONT RH

B 5 IK1

6

MIRROR HEATER RH[REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH]

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW

MOON ROOF CONTROLRELAY AND SW

PERSONAL LIGHT[MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY AND SW]

MOON ROOF CONTROLMOTOR AND LIMIT SW

VSC ECU

MIRROR HEATER LH[REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH]

POWER WINDOWMASTER SW

DOOR KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW FRONT LH

DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SWFRONT LH

DOOR LOCK CONTROLSW FRONT LH

IF1

16

IH12

I10

B 3

IG121

I13

POWER SEAT CONTROLSW (DRIVER’ S SIDE)

BUCKLE SW LH

RHEOSTAT

WASHER LEVELWARNING SW

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 4

CLOCK

GLOVE BOX LIGHT

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

COMBINATIONSW

UNLOCK WARNINGSW

B10

FRONT AND REARWIPER AND WASHERSW [COMB. SW]

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER SW[CENTER CLUSTER SW]

( *3) (*3)

I11

(*8)

BY26

IE

I13

I13

B 1

B 1

IF2

1

W- B

(*1)

W- B

W- B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W-B

W- B

W- B

(*3)

(*7)

(*4)

(*4)

(*2)

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

(*1)

W-B

W- B

W- B

W-B

(* 1)

W-B

(* 3)

(*4)

W- B

(*4)

(*6)

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W-B

W-B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

(*6)(*6)

W- B

W-B

(* 6)

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W-B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

(*1)

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

(*6)

W- B

A

(EL)

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

W- B W- B

W-B

W- B

A

A

A

(*4)

A

(CG)

I11

W- B W- B A

W- B

(*4)

BY22 W- B

SEAT HEATER(DRIVER’ S SEAT BACK)

W-B

W-B

( *4)

( *4)

(*4)

(GND4)

Page 224: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

226

I GROUND POINT

DETECTION SW(TRANSFER NEUTRAL POSITION)

DETECTION SW(TRANSFER L4 POSITION)

BX1

3E

14

I20

20

3E

12

DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SW REARRH

I12

(GND)

I11

3E

11

2- 4 SELECT SW

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

SECURITYINDICATOR LIGHT[CENTER CLUSTER SW]

STEERINGSENSOR

VANITY LIGHT RH

FLASH RELAY

KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID[UNLOCK WARNING SW]

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW

BACK WINDOWLOCK SW

DETECTION SW(TRANSFER 4WD POSITION)

CENTER DIFF. LOCKSW

POWER SEAT CONTROLSW(FRONT PASSENGER’ S SIDE)

ADD ACTUATOR

A/C DUALPRESSURE SW

A/C AMPLIFIER

AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR

A/C AMPLIFIER

DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SW REARLH

32

BU2

3E

4WD ECU

DETECTION SW(TRANSFER H4L POSITION)

W- B

( *4)

2- 4 SELECT MOTOR

W- B

(*4)

BW1

I14

AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR

SEAT HEATER(FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT BACK)

BUCKLE SW LH

B11

3

IL15

I20

I20

3E

18

PWR RELAY

SHIFT LOCK CONTROLCOMPUTER

1A

2

1J

8

3E

21

3E

22

3E

19

I12

BODY ECU

I 6

O/D MAIN SW[SHIFT LOCK CONTROL COMPUTER]

3E

17

W- B

W- B W- B

W- B

W- B

(*4)

W- B

W- B

(W/O POWER SEAT)

W- B

(*4)

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

(*5)

W- B

(*5)

W- B

(*5)

(*5)

W- B

W- B

W- B

(*5)

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W-B

(*4)

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W- B

W- B

W- B

(*2)

W- B

(*2)

W- B

(*2)

W- B

W- B

W- B

(*10)

W- B

(*10)

W- B

(*10)

(*11)

W- B

W- B

(*10)

W-B

(* 11)

W- B

(*11)

W- B

W- B

(EOM)

I18

W-B

3E

16 W- B

ED24

18

3C

223C

15

3C

3E

15

W- B

W- B

W-B

W- B

(*4) (*4)

(*4)

( *4)

II23

CC

C C

3E

13

3C19

3C20

SEAT HEATER SW RHW- B

SEAT HEATER SW LHW- B

I10

B 2

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

TRAC OFF SW

GARAGE DOOROPENER

W- B

W- B

(*5)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3

I10

I13

W-B

W- B

Page 225: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

227

A

W- B

(*11)

VSC ECU (GND3)

EXTRA HIGHSPEED RELAY

A

BLOWER RESISTOR

IF

A A

*11 : MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING

A

BLOWER MOTORLINEAR CONTROLLER

REAR HEATERBLOWER SW

BLOWER SW

A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH RELAYIJ1

1

I21

* 2 : W/O POWER WINDOW

W- B

W- B

REAR HEATERRELAY

W- B

(*11)

W- B

(*10)

W- B

(*11)

W- B

(*10)

W- B

(*10)

W- B

(*11)

W- B

(*10)

W- B

(*10)

W- B

* 5 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM* 4 : W/ POWER SEAT

*12 : BUILT- IN TYPE AMPLIFIER

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

(E1)CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY

IG

BRBR

RADIO AND PLAYER(*12) OR STEREOPOWER AMPLIFIER(*9)

CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY

TRANSPONDER KEYAMPLIFIER

ID

I 9

BUCKLE SW RH

BJ

(E2)

POWER OUTLET(REAR)

BR

(*5)

BR

BR

(W/O POWER SEAT)

W- B

W- B

BRBR BR

BR

W- B

REAR HEATERBLOWER RESISTOR

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

* 9 : SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER

W- B

W- B

B 6W- B

IL114

W-B

A

*10 : AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

BRAKE FLUID LEVELWARNING SW

EA

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

(GND2)

(PLG)

(GND1)

(GND2)

VSC ECU

VSCACTUATOR

BUCKLE SW RHW- B

BU26W- B

(*4)(*4)

BP13

W-B

(E2)

(E3)

COMBINATIONMETER

BRBR

Page 226: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

228

I GROUND POINT

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

J1 A 29 J3 31 J9 31

J2 B 29 J4 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1A 24 Roof Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1J 24 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3C26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

3E26 Cowl Wire and Center J/B (Near the Steering Column Tube)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

ED2 36 Engine Wire and Differential Wire (Near the Front Differential)

IE1 38 Cowl Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IF138 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IF238 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IG1 38 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IH1 40 Roof Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Left)

II240 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

II440 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (On the Glove Box)

IJ1 40 Cowl Wire and A/C Sub Wire (Near the A/C Unit)

IK1 40 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL1 40 Cowl Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BP1 42 Floor Wire and Rear Heater Sub Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

BR1 42 Back Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)

BS1 42 Back Door No.1 Wire and Back Door No.2 Wire (Back Door Left)

BU2 44 Floor Wire and Seat No.2 Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

BW1 42 Rear Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Center Pillar)

BX1 42 Rear Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Center Pillar)

BY2 44 Cowl Wire and Seat No.1 Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EA 36 Front Right Fender

EB 36 Front Left Fender

EC 36 Intake Manifold Left

ID 38 Left Kick Panel

IE 38 Cowl Side Panel LH

IF 38 Cowl Side Panel RH

IG 38 Right Kick Panel

BH 42 Left Quarter Panel Inner

BJ 42 Right Quarter Panel Inner

Page 227: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

229

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E2 36 Engine Room Main Wire I21 40 Cowl Wire

I6 B1 42 Front Door LH Wire

I9 B242 Roof Wire

I10 B342 Roof Wire

I1140 Cowl Wire

B5 42 Front Door RH Wire

I1240 Cowl Wire

B6 42 Rear Heater Sub Wire

I13 B8 42 Floor No.2 Wire

I14 B9 42 Back Door No.2 Wire

I18 B10 44 Seat No.1 Wire

I20 40 Engine Wire B11 44 Seat No.2 Wire

Page 228: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

230

J POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

Page 229: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

231

J

Page 230: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

232

J POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

Engine Room R/B (See Page 22)Fuse System Page

7.5A ALT-S Charging 56

7.5A DRLHeadlight (w/ Daytime Running Light)

Multiplex Communication System

84

72

7.5A OBD Engine Control 58

10A A.C Air Conditioning (Manual A/C) 220

10A HEAD (HI LH) Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) 84

10A HEAD (HI RH) Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) 84

10A HEAD (LH) Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light) 82

10A HEAD (LO LH)Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light)

Front Fog Light

84

88

10A HEAD (LO RH) Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) 84

10A HEAD (RH) Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light) 82

10A MIR HTRMultiplex Communication System

Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater

72

200

10A RR HTR Rear Heater 210

10A TAIL

Cigarette Lighter and Clock

Combination Meter

Illumination

Taillight

Trailer Towing

186

204

98

96

108

15A DEFOGMultiplex Communication System

Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater

72

200

15A DOME

Auto Antenna

Cigarette Lighter and Clock

Combination Meter

Garage Door Opener

Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light)

Interior Light

Radio and Player

196

186

204

110

84

92

198

15A FOG Front Fog Light 88

15A MPX-B

Door Lock Control

Multiplex Communication System

Power Window (Rear), Rear Wiper and Washer

Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater

Theft Deterrent

Wireless Door Lock Control

118

72

172

200

130

124

15A PWR OUTLET Power Outlet 188

20A EFI

Cruise Control

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator

Engine Control

Engine Immobiliser System

142

136

58

68

∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.

Page 231: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

233

J

Fuse System Page

20A SEAT HTR Seat Heater 194

25A TOWING Trailer Towing 108

30A AM2Engine Control

Starting and Ignition

58

52

40A AM1Power Outlet

Starting and Ignition

188

52

50A HEATERAir Conditioning (Manual A/C)

Automatic Air Conditioning

220

212

60A ABS1 VSC 146

120A ALT

Charging

Illumination

Light Auto Turn Off

Multiplex Communication System

Power Outlet

Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater

Starting and Ignition

Taillight

Theft Deterrent

Wireless Door Lock Control

56

98

106

72

188

200

52

96

130

124

Driver Side J/B (See Page 24)Fuse System Page

7.5A ECU-BAir Conditioning (Manual A/C)

Automatic Air Conditioning

220

212

7.5A STA

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator

Engine Control

Starting and Ignition

136

58

52

10A ECU-IG

Auto Antenna

Door Lock Control

Moon Roof

Multiplex Communication System

Power Window

Power Window (Rear), Rear Wiper and Washer

Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater

Shift Lock

SRS

Theft Deterrent

VSC

Wireless Door Lock Control

196

118

164

72

112

172

200

180

153

130

146

124

10A GAUGE

Air Conditioning (Manual A/C)

Automatic Air Conditioning

Back-Up Light

Charging

Combination Meter

220

212

104

56

204

∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.

Page 232: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

234

J POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

Fuse System Page

10A GAUGE

Cruise Control

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator

Engine Control

Front Wiper and Washer

Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light)

Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning

Light Auto Turn Off

Multiplex Communication System

Rear Heater

Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater

SRS

4WD

142

136

58

168

84

182

106

72

210

200

153

158

10A IGN

Charging

Combination Meter

Cruise Control

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator

Engine Control

Engine Immobiliser System

SRS

VSC

56

204

142

136

58

68

153

146

10A STOP

Cruise Control

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator

Engine Control

Shift Lock

Stop Light

Trailer Towing

VSC

142

136

58

180

102

108

146

10A TURNTrailer Towing

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light

108

90

15A ACC

Auto Antenna

Cigarette Lighter and Clock

Multiplex Communication System

Power Outlet

Power Window (Rear), Rear Wiper and Washer

Radio and Player

Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater

Remote Control Mirror

Shift Lock

Theft Deterrent

Wireless Door Lock Control

196

186

72

188

172

198

200

162

180

130

124

15A HORN, HAZ

Horn

Multiplex Communication System

Theft Deterrent

184

72

130

∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.

Page 233: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

235

J

Fuse System Page

15A HORN, HAZTrailer Towing

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light

108

90

20A 4WD 4WD 158

25A WIPER

Front Wiper and Washer

Multiplex Communication System

Power Window (Rear), Rear Wiper and Washer

168

72

172

30A POWER

Door Lock Control

Moon Roof

Multiplex Communication System

Power Seat

Power Window

Power Window (Rear), Rear Wiper and Washer

Wireless Door Lock Control

118

164

72

190

112

172

124

Fuse Box (See Page 22)Fuse System Page

40A ABS2 VSC 146

∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.

Page 234: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

236

K CONNECTOR LIST

1 2

GrayA 1

1

GrayA 2

1 2

GrayA 3

1 2

GrayA 8

1 2

GrayA 9

1 2

GrayA11

21 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 13

14 15 16171819 2021222324 25

A12

1 2

BlackA14

1 2

YellowA20

1 2

YellowA21

1 2

BlackA22

1 2 34 5 6 7 8

GrayA23

1 2

GrayA24

1 2

GrayA25

1 2

BlackA26

21

3 4

Dark GrayA27

1 2

YellowA28

1 2

YellowA29

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10111213141516

A30

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13

14 15 161718192021222324 25 26

A31

1 2

5

3 4

6 7 8 9 10

Dark GrayA32

1 2

BlackA33

1 2

BlackA34

1

2 3 4 5

(Automatic A/C)A35

1 32

(Manual A/C)A35

21

3 4 5 6 7

GrayA36

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8

A37

1 2 3 4

BlackA38

1 2 3 4 5 6

BlackA39

1 2

Dark GrayB 2

1 2

5

3 4

6 7 8 9 10

BlackB 5

1 2

BlackB 6

1 23 4

BlackB 7

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8

B 8

1 2

B 9

1 2 3 4

BlackB10

Page 235: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

237

K

12

B11

1 2

GrayB12

1 2

(w/ Power Seat) BlackB13

1 2

(w/o Power Seat)B13

1 2 3 4

BlackB14

1718

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

23222120191514131211 16

B16

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8

B17

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13

14 15 161718192021222324 25 26

B18

23 41

B19

1 2

BlackC 1

1 2

BlackC 2

1

2

C 4

1 2

GrayC 5

2

153

C 6

1 2 3 4

BlackC 7

1 2 4 7 8

9 10 1112131415 16 17

5 63

BlackC13

1 2 3 4 5 6

BlackC14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 131415 16 17 18

BlackC15

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 101112

A

YellowC20

242523 26222021 2827

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 1011121314151617

1819

A B

YellowC21

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 101112

A

YellowC22

109876

54321

C23

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8

OrangeC24

1611109854321 1213146 7 15

C25

10987654321

GrayC26

3 4 5 6 7

13 14 15 16 17

2

12

1

11

8

18 19

9 10

20

C27

Page 236: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

238

K CONNECTOR LIST

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 101112

BlueC28

13987654321 101112

BrownC29

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

C30

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 21

20

18

2322

19

BlackD 1

1 2

BlueD 4

1 2

GrayD 5

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BlackD 7

1 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

D 8

1 2

3 4

D 9

1 2 3

D11

1 2

BlackD12

1

D16

1

D17

1

D18

1

D19

3

1 2

GrayD20

3

1 2

GrayD21

1 2 3 4

(*1)D22

1 2

3 4 5 6

(*2)D23

1 2 3 4

(*1)D23

1 2 3 4

BlackD24

1 2 3 4

BlackD25

1 2 3 4

BlackD26

1 2 3 4

BlackD27

1 2

GrayD31

1 2

GrayD32

*1 : w/o Power Window*2 : w/ Power Window

Page 237: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

239

K

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

GrayE 2

21

Dark GrayE 3

211716151410

31272622

1311

2523

18

28

19

29

20

30

12

24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

E 9

1

16141312118

24222017

2

109

1918 21

15

23

3 4 5 6 7

E10

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 101112

131415 1617

E11

1 3 4 5 6 9

10 12131415 19

20 22 24 28

7

1617

252623

2

11

21

8

18

27

BlackE12

1 2

BlackE13

1 2 3 4 5 7

8 9 101112 15

1617 19 22

6

1314

202118

E14

42

31

E15

1 2

GrayF 1

1 2

GrayF 2

1 2

GrayF 3

1 2

GrayF 4

1 23 4

BlackF 5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13

14 15161718192021222324 25 26

F 7

1

2

F 8

1

2

F 9

1 2 3

4 5

Dark GrayF10

1 2

F11

1 2

F12 BlackF13

1 2 3

GrayG 1

1

G 2

1 2

BlackG 3

12

BlueG 4

1

2 3

BrownH 1

1

2 3

BrownH 2

21

3 4

Dark GrayH 4

1

BlackH 5

(See Page 22)

Page 238: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

240

K CONNECTOR LIST

A A B B C C

D D D E E E

A A B B C C

D D D E E E

A A

A A A AA A B B C C

D D D E E E

A A B B C C

D D D E E E

CCBAAA A B B B C C

A A A A A A

B B B C C C

1

BlackH 6

1 2

5

3 4

6 7 8 9 10

BlackH 7

1 2

BrownH 8

1 2 3 4 5 109876

BlackI 2

1 2

BlackI 3

1 2

BlackI 4

1 2

BlackI 5

1 2

BrownI 6

1 2

BrownI 7

1 2

BrownI 8

1 2

BrownI 9

1 2

BrownI10

1 2

BrownI11

1 2

(*3) GrayI13

1 2

(*4)I13

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

I14

1

2

I17

12

I18

A A A A A A

B B B C C C

GrayJ 1

GrayJ 2

A B B C CA A B D D D C C

BlueJ 3

A A

A A A A

J 4

BBAAAC C C D D D B

BlackJ 5

GrayJ 6

BlackJ 7

BlackJ 8 J 9

BlackJ10

BlackJ11

BA

A A B B B

J14

1

BlackK 2

1

BlackK 3

1 2

BlackK 4

1 2

GrayL 1

*3 : w/ Engine immobillser System*4 : w/o Engine immobillser System

Page 239: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

241

K

54321

BlackM 1

1 2 3 4 5

M 2

1 2 34 5 6 7 8

BlueM 3

1 23

GrayM 4

1 2

GrayN 1

1

GrayO 1

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9

BlackP 1

1

BlackP 2

1

2

P 3

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12

P 4

1 2 3 4 5

P 5

1 2 3 4 5

P 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

P 7

1 2

3 4

5 6

BlackP 8

1 2

3 4

5 6

BlackP 9

1 2

P10

1 2

P11

1 2 3 4

P13

2 1

5 4

11 8910 7

3

12

6

GrayP14

123

45678

BlueP15

1 2

P16

1 2

P17

1 2

P18

1 2

P19

1 2

P20

1 2

P21

1

BlackP22

1

2

P23

1

2

BlueP24

1

2

BlueP25

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

P26

21

YellowP27

21

YellowP28

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

R 1

1 2

3 4 5 6

R 2

10987654321

R 5

1

2 3

R 6

124 3

R 7

Gray

Page 240: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

242

K CONNECTOR LIST

124 3

R 8

1

2

R11

1

2

R12

1

2

BlackR13

1 2

R14

1 32

R15

5

2

3

1 4

R16

1

GrayR17

1

R18

1 2 3

654

BlackR19

123

456

R20

123

456

R21

10987654321

R22

1

BlackS 1

1

S 2

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10

S 3

1

3

2

4

S 4

1 2 34 6

57 89 10 11

BlackS 5

3 12

54

9

6

11

7810

BlackS 6

1 2

3 4 5 6

BlackS 7

1 2

3 4 5 6

BrownS 8

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10

GrayS 9

1 32

S10

1 32

S11

1 32

S12

1 32

S13

1 2 3 4 5 6

BlackT 1

1 2 3 4

BlackT 2

1 2

T 3

2 13

GrayT 4

1

BlackT 5

Page 241: 24 - Wiring Diagram

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

243

K

1 2 3 4 5

T 6

1 23 4

GrayT 7

1 2 3 4

BlackT 8

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

T 9

2 14 3

T10

23 41

U 1

1 2 3

BlackV 1

1 2

BlackV 3

1 2

BlackV 7

1 2

BlueV 8

12

BlueV 9

1 2

3 4 5

V10

2

5

86

31

4

7

GrayV11

1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 11 1210

BlackV12

1 2

GrayV13

1 2

BlackV14

1 2 4 53

BlackV15

211716151410

31272622

1311

2523

18

28

19

29

20

30

12

24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

V16

1

16141312118

24222017

2

109

1918 21

15

23

3 4 5 6 7

BlackV17

1 3 4 5 6 9

10 12131415 19

20 22 24 28

7

1617

252623

2

11

21

8

18

27

V18

1 2 3 4 5 7

8 9 101112 15

1617 19 22

6

1314

202118

BlackV19

1 2 3

654

(*5) BlackW 1

124 3

(*6) Dark GrayW 1

1

W 2

54321

BlackY 1

*5 : w/ Daytime Running Light*6 : w/o Daytime Running Light

Page 242: 24 - Wiring Diagram

L PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS

Code Part Name Part Number Code Part Name Part Number

Note: Not all of the above part numbers of the connector are established for the supply.

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)244

A 1 A/C Dual Pressure SW 90980-11149

A 2 A/C Magnetic Clutch 90980-11271

A 3 A/T Fluid Temp. Sensor 90980-10498

A 8 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH90980-11075

A 9 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH90980-11075

A11 Auto Antenna Motor 90980-11003

A12 A/C Amplifier 90980-11877

A14 A/C Thermistor 90980-10825

A20Airbag Squib (Front Passenger AirbagAssembly) 90980-11884

A21 Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad) 90980-10850

A22 Ashtray Illumination -

A23 Auto Antenna Control Relay 90980-10799

A24 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH90980-11075

A25 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH90980-11075

A26 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor 90980-11070

A27 Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 90980-11178

A28 Airbag Sensor Front LH90980-11856

A29 Airbag Sensor Front RH90980-11856

A30 A/C Amplifier 90980-11391

A31 A/C Amplifier 90980-11390

A32 A/C Magnetic Clutch Relay 90980-10801

A33 A/C Room Temp. Sensor 90980-10825

A34 A/C Solar Sensor 90980-11369

A35

Air Inlet Control Servo Motor (AutomaticA/C) 90980-11319

A35Air Inlet Control Servo Motor (Manual A/C) 90980-11471

A36Air Mix Control Servo Motor and A/C WaterTemp. Sensor 90980-11529

A37 Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor 90980-11321

A38 Accele Position Sensor 90980-11150

A39 ADD Actuator 90980-11858

B 2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW 90980-11009

B 5 Back Window Lock SW 90980-10801

B 6 Blower Motor 90980-10385

B 7 Blower Resistor 90980-10171

B 8 Blower SW 90980-10877

B 9 Back Door Courtesy SW 90980-11003

B10Back Door Lock Motor and Back DoorUnlock Detection SW 90980-11150

B11 Back Window Limit SW 90980-11247

B12 Back Window Motor 90980-11003

B13 Buckle SW LH 90980-11212

B14 Blower Motor Linear Controller 90980-11676

B16 Body ECU 90980-10921

B17 Body ECU 90980-11321

B18 Back Door ECU 90980-11423

B19 Buckle SW RH 90980-10795

C 1 Camshaft Position Sensor90980-10947

C 2 Crankshaft Position Sensor90980-10947

C 4 Cigarette Lighter 90980-10760

C 5 Cigarette Lighter Illumination 90980-11148

C 6 Circuit Opening Relay 82602-35150

C 7 Clock 90980-11013

C13 Combination SW 90980-11672

C14 Combination SW 90980-11616

C15 Combination SW 90980-11594

C20 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly 90980-11873

C21 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly 90980-11872

C22 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly 90980-11871

C23 Center Cluster SW 90980-11923

C24 Center Cluster SW 90980-11321

C25 Combination Meter 90980-11113

C26 Combination Meter 90980-11116

C27 Combination Meter 90980-11974

C28 Combination Meter 90980-11475

C29 Combination Meter 90980-11115

C30 Center Diff. Lock SW 90980-10997

D 1 Data Link Connector 1 90980-11323

D 4 Detection SW (Transfer L4 Position) 90980-11156

D 5 Detection SW (Transfer Neutral Position ) 90980-10923

D 7 Data Link Connector 3 90080-98012

D 8 Daytime Running Light Relay (Main) 90980-12034

D 9 Daytime Running Light Relay No.4 90980-10759

D11 Diode (Back Window) 90980-11251

D12 Diode (Daytime Running Light No.1) 90980-10962

D16 Door Courtesy SW Front LH

D17 Door Courtesy SW Front RH90980-11097

D18 Door Courtesy SW Rear LH90980-11097

D19 Door Courtesy SW Rear RH

D20 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH90980-11245

D21 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front RH90980-11245

D22 Door Lock Control SW Front LH 90980-11013

D23

Door Lock Control SW Front RH (w/ PowerWindow) 90980-10797

D23Door Lock Control SW Front RH (w/oPower Window) 90980-11013

D24Door Lock Motor and Door UnlockDetection SW Front LH

D25Door Lock Motor and Door UnlockDetection SW Front RH

90980-11150D26

Door Lock Motor and Door UnlockDetection SW Rear LH

90980-11150

D27Door Lock Motor and Door UnlockDetection SW Rear RH

D31 Detection SW (Transfer 4WD Position) 90980-11250

Page 243: 24 - Wiring Diagram

L

Code Part Name Part Number Code Part Name Part Number

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U) 245

D32 Detection SW (Transfer H4L Position) 90980-11025

E 2Electronically Controlled TransmissionSolenoid 90980-10891

E 3 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor 90980-10737

E 9 Engine Control Module 90980-11421

E10 Engine Control Module 90980-11476

E11 Engine Control Module 90980-11586

E12 Engine Control Module 90980-11637

E13 Engine Hood Courtesy SW 90980-11273

E14 Engine Control Module 90980-11638

E15 Extra High Speed Relay 90980-10221

F 1 Front Parking Light LH90980-11149

F 2 Front Parking Light RH90980-11149

F 3 Front Turn Signal Light LH90980-11019

F 4 Front Turn Signal Light RH90980-11019

F 5 Front Wiper Motor 90980-10551

F 7 4WD ECU 90980-11423

F 8 Front Door Speaker LH90980-10935

F 9 Front Door Speaker RH90980-10935

F10 Fuel Sender and Fuel Pump 90980-11077

F11 Front Fog Light LH90980-11003

F12 Front Fog Light RH90980-11003

F13 Fuse Box 82610-35020

G 1 Generator 90980-11349

G 2 Generator 90980-09212

G 3 Glove Box Light 90980-11148

G 4 Garage Door Opener 90980-11368

H 1 Headlight LH90980-11314

H 2 Headlight RH90980-11314

H 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2) 90980-11028

H 5 Horn LH90980-10619

H 6 Horn RH90980-10619

H 7 Hazard SW 90980-10801

H 8 High Mounted Stop Light 90980-11162

I 2 Igniter 90980-11653

I 3 Ignition Coil No.1

I 4 Ignition Coil No.2 90980-11246

I 5 Ignition Coil No.3

I 6 Injector No.1

I 7 Injector No.2

I 8 Injector No.390980-11153

I 9 Injector No.490980-11153

I10 Injector No.5

I11 Injector No.6

I13 Ignition Key Cylinder Light 90980-10906

I14 Ignition SW 90980-11615

I17 Interior Light (Front) 90980-10935

I18 Interior Light (Rear) 90980-10121

J 1 Junction Connector90980-11661

J 2 Junction Connector90980-11661

J 3 Junction Connector 90980-11714

J 4 Junction Connector 90980-10976

J 5 Junction Connector90980-10803

J 6 Junction Connector90980-10803

J 7 Junction Connector90980-11661

J 8 Junction Connector90980-11661

J 9 Junction Connector 90980-10976

J10 Junction Connector90980-11661

J11 Junction Connector90980-11661

J14 Junction Connector 90980-11529

K 2 Knock Sensor No.190980-11166

K 3 Knock Sensor No.290980-11166

K 4 Keyless Buzzer 90980-11156

L 1 License Plate Light 90980-11075

M 1 Mass Air Flow Meter 90980-11317

M 2 Moon Roof Control Motor and Limit SW 90980-10789

M 3 Moon Roof Control Relay and SW 90980-10799

M 4 Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor 90980-11451

N 1 Noise Filter 90980-10843

O 1 Oil Pressure SW 90980-11363

P 1 Park/Neutral Position SW 90980-11784

P 2 Parking Brake SW 90980-10871

P 3 Personal Light 90980-10935

P 4 Power Window Control SW Front RH 90980-11947

P 5 Power Window Control SW Rear LH90980-10789

P 6 Power Window Control SW Rear RH90980-10789

P 7 Power Window Master SW 90980-11791

P 8 Power Window Motor Front LH90980-11011

P 9 Power Window Motor Front RH90980-11011

P10 Power Window Motor Rear LH90980-10860

P11 Power Window Motor Rear RH90980-10860

P13Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s SeatLumbar Support) 90980-10601

P14 Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Side) 90980-10878

P15Power Seat Control SW (Front Passenger’sSide) 90980-10876

P16Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat LumbarSupport)

P17Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat RecliningControl)

P18Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat SlideControl) 90980-10825

P19Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat VerticalControl)

P20Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s SeatReclining Control)

Page 244: 24 - Wiring Diagram

L PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS

Code Part Name Part Number Code Part Name Part Number

Note: Not all of the above part numbers of the connector are established for the supply.

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)246

P21Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s SeatSlide Control) 90980-10825

P22 Power Steering Oil Pressure SW 90980-11428

P23 Power Outlet (Rear)

P24 Power Outlet Front LH 90980-10760

P25 Power Outlet Front RH

P26 Power Window Master SW 90980-11165

P27 Pretentioner LH90980-11862

P28 Pretentioner RH90980-11862

R 1Radio and Player (Built-In Type Amplifier)or Stereo Power Amplifier (Separate TypeAmplifier)

90980-10997

R 2Radio and Player (Built-In Type Amplifier)or Stereo Power Amplifier (Separate TypeAmplifier)

90980-10996

R 5 Remote Control Mirror SW 90980-11450

R 6 Rheostat 90980-10216

R 7 Rear Combination Light LH90980-11399

R 8 Rear Combination Light RH90980-11399

R11 Rear Door Speaker LH90980-10935

R12 Rear Door Speaker RH90980-10935

R13 Rear Heater Blower Motor 90980-10214

R14 Rear Heater Blower Resistor 90980-10916

R15 Rear Heater Blower SW 90980-11296

R16 Rear Heater Relay 90980-35050

R17 Rear Window Defogger90980-10359

R18 Rear Window Defogger90980-10359

R19 Rear Wiper Motor 90980-11194

R20 Remote Control Mirror LH90980-11492

R21 Remote Control Mirror RH90980-11492

R22 Remote Control Mirror SW 90980-11450

S 1 Starter 90980-11400

S 2 Starter 90980-09584

S 3 Shift Lock Control Computer 90980-11614

S 4 Stop Light SW 90980-11118

S 5 Short Connector (VSC) 90980-11612

S 6 Short Connector (VSC) 90980-11609

S 7 Seat Heater SW LH 90980-10797

S 8 Seat Heater SW RH 90980-10996

S 9 Steering Sensor 90980-11581

S10 Seat Heater (Driver’s Seat Back)

S11 Seat Heater (Driver’s Seat Cushion)

S12 Seat Heater (Front Passenger’s Seat Back) 90980-10908

S13Seat Heater (Front Passenger’s SeatCushion)

T 1 2-4 Select Motor 90980-11858

T 2 Throttle Position Sensor 90980-10711

T 3 2-4 Select SW 90980-10355

T 4 Tailgate Control SW 90980-11015

T 5 Theft Deterrent Horn 90980-10619

T 6 Transponder Key Amplifier 90980-10789

T 7 Thrrottle Control Motor and Clutch 90980-10942

T 8 TRAC Off SW 90980-11013

T 9 Trailer Converter 90980-11527

T10 Trailer Socket 90980-10941

U 1 Unlock Warning SW 90980-10795

V 1 Vapor Pressure Sensor 90980-11143

V 3Vehicle Speed Sensor (ElectronicallyControlled Transmission) 90980-11156

V 7 VSV (EVAP)90980 11156

V 8 VSV (Vapor Pressure Sensor) 90980-11859

V 9 Vanity Light RH 90980-11368

V10 VSC Actuator 90980-11413

V11 VSC Actuator 90980-10895

V12 VSC Actuator 90980-11151

V13 VSV (Canister Closed Valve) 90980-11162

V14 VSC Buzzer 90980-10906

V15 VSC Deceleration Sensor 90980-11182

V16 VSC ECU 90980-11935

V17 VSC ECU 90980-11476

V18 VSC ECU 90980-11637

V19 VSC ECU 90980-11638

Washer Motor (w/o Daytime Running Light) 90980-11177

W 1 Washer Motor and Washer Level WarningSW (w/ Daytime Running Light) 90980-11194

W 2 Water Temp. Sender 90980-10359

Y 1 Yaw Rate Sensor 90980-11904

Page 245: 24 - Wiring Diagram

L

Code Part Name Part Number Code Part Name Part Number

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U) 247

Page 246: 24 - Wiring Diagram

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

Page 247: 24 - Wiring Diagram

M

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

[A] : System Title

[B] : Indicates the wiring color.

Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.

B = Black W = White BR = Brown

L = Blue V = Violet SB = Sky Blue

R = Red O = Orange LG = Light Green

P = Pink Y = Yellow GR = Gray

G = Green

The first letter indicates the basic wire color and thesecond letter indicates the color of the stripe.Example: L - Y

L(Blue)

Y(Yellow)

[C] : The position of the parts is the same as shown inthe wiring diagram and wire routing.

[D] : Indicates the pin number of the connector.The numbering system is different for femaleand male connectors.Example : Numbered in order

from upper left tolower right

Numbered in orderfrom upper right tolower left

Female Male

The numbering system for the overall wiringdiagram is the same as above

[E] : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguishit from the J/B.Example : Indicates Relay Block No.1

[F] : Junction Block (The number in the circle is theJ/B No. and the connector code is shown besideit). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearlyseparate them from other parts.

3C indicatesthat it is insideJunction BlockNo.3

Example:

[G] : Indicates related system.

[H] : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harnessconnector. The wiring harness with maleterminal is shown with arrows ( ).Outside numerals are pin numbers.

Female Male ( )

[I] : ( ) is used to indicate different wiring andconnector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or specification is different.

[J] : Indicates a shielded cable.

[K] : Indicates and located on ground point.

[L] : The same code occuring on the next pageindicates that the wire harness is continuous.

Page 248: 24 - Wiring Diagram

SYSTEM INDEXM

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

SYSTEMS LOCATION SYSTEMS LOCATIONAir Conditioning (Manual A/C) 24-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Auto Antenna 21-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Automatic Air Conditioning 23-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Back-Up Light 6-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Charging 1-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cigarette Lighter 15-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Clock 15-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Combination Meter 22-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cruise Control 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Electronically Controlled Transmision and A/T Indicator 3-2. . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Control 2-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Immobiliser System 2-1 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front Fog Light 4-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front Wiper and Washer 16-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Garage Door Opener 9-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) 4-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light) 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ignition 1-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Illumination 7-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interior Light 9-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Key Reminder 9-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light Auto Turn Off 17-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Moon Roof 17-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Multiplex Communication System 10-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ∗ Door Lock Control∗ Horn∗ Mirror Heater∗ Power Window (Rear)∗ Rear Window Defogger∗ Rear Wiper and Washer∗ Theft Deterrent∗ Wireless Door Lock Control

Power Outlet 18-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Power Seat 13-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Power Source 1~24-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Power Window 11-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Radio and Player 21-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear Heater 24-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Remote Control Mirror 12-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Seat Belt Warning 9-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Seat Heater 14-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shift Lock 15-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SRS 18-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Starting 1-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stop Light 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Taillight 6-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Trailer Towing 14-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light 8-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

VSC 19-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4WD 20-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 249: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

1 2 3 4

To Daytim

e Running Light

Relay (M

ain )<4-1>

W-R

Y-G

(*1 )

B-W

2

1I2

222

IG16

2

W

2

B-W

2

3

1 4RUNNER ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

2 3E

2

AM27

8

6

B-W

4AM1

ST2

IG2

IG1

ACC

2

P 1PAR

K/N

EUTR

ALPO

SITION

SW

3E

2

1

3

5

7. 5A ALT-S

40A AM1

30A AM

2

120A ALT

3 II1

N

P

9

W

6

3 EA1

9 II1

To Engine C

ontrolM

odule<2-9>

1

2

B1 A1

1

1

1

2

2 2

10AIGN

2

16 IG1

B B

C A

1 EA14 EA1 2 EA1

3 A

S1

B

2A

1A

B

IG

L

9

To Engine C

ontrolM

odule<3-2>

B

P ower S ource Starting Charging

B- L

B

BATTERY

STARTERRELAY

WWW

W

W

B-R

B- Y

B- R

W

I14IGNITION SW

1I4

1F11

Y-G

W W R-L

GR

-BY

-G

W

Y-G

R-L

R-L

Y-G

B-W

1I

1F

B-W

EBFront left fender

B- W

B- W

G- B

B-WB

-W

W-B

3

6

S 1 S 2,

STARTER

A B

G 1 G 2,

GENERATOR

A B

, J 2

J 1A

B

JUN

CTIO

N C

ON

NEC

TOR

C25

CH

ARG

E WAR

NIN

GLIG

HT

[CO

MB

. METE

R]

5

3E

BB

1

7. 5A STA

10A GA

UG

E

W

* 1 : w/ Daytime Running Light

1E5

7 1J

IGT3 GNDIGT2 IGFIGT1

IGC1 IGC3 IGC2 +B

EXT

To Com

bination Meter

<22-1>

BB

10

EC

2 1 9

R L G B-R

B

B-L

L-Y

G-W

B-Y

W-B

B- R B- R B- R B- R B- R

BR

To Engine Control Module<2- 8>

B-R

B-R

B-R

I 3IGN

ITION

CO

IL NO

. 1

I 4IGN

ITION

CO

IL NO

. 2

I 5IGN

ITION

CO

IL NO

. 3

8 7 6

N 1

NO

ISE FILTER

1

2

To Data Link

Connector 1

<2-4>

5 4 3

1 1 1

2 2 2

I 2IGNITER

B-R

Intake manifold left

II41

B- R

R- L

BR

W-B

Ignition

Page 250: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

34

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

2

I11INJECTOR NO. 6

2

1F10

1

2

W

2

B-L

1

2

7. 5A OBD

( Con

t. n

ext

page

)

1

2 4

RU

NN

ER

41I

71J

2

2

22

2

22

2

20A EFI

10A IGN

40A AM1

2

30A AM2

120A ALT

2

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

AM1

1

4 6

1

7AM

2

21

35

12 9

1 2

1IE

113

II4

1IG

1

1II4

54 M

12

12

12

12

12

12

B EB

Fron

t lef

tfe

nder

BH

1I2

TC

W

AB

1F8

5

16

L

113

F10

FUEL

PU

MP

TS

19

5

D O

G- R

GR

3IG

1 18II4

B

312

75

C

4

16

From VSCECU <19- 8>

E F G H K M

10A GAUGE

A

C

IG-

N P Q R S T U V W

EC

Inta

ke m

anifo

ld le

ft

I14

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

EFI RELAY

C 6

CIR

CU

ITO

PEN

ING

REL

AY

BR

L- R

B- R

V

W

W- R

W

B-R

B-Y

VL-R

W-L

GR- B

B- L

W-L

W- B

B-R

G- Y

B- R

B-R

B-R

B- R

B- R

B- R

B- R

B- R

B- R

W- BL- O

C

L- OW- L

B- L

W- L

B- Y

W-L

W- L W- L

B- Y V

W

W-L

I10INJECTOR NO. 5

I 9INJECTOR NO. 4

I 8INJECTOR NO. 3

I 7INJECTOR NO. 2

I 6INJECTOR NO. 1

BATT

ER

Y

R W G R-B L Y

W- B

W- B

G-YW V

BR

R W G R-B L Y

W-L BR

BR

W- L

W- BV

D 7

DAT

A L

INK

CO

NN

EC

TOR

3

V

W-L

GR

-B

L-R

R-W

BAT

CG

SGS

IL

+BE1

D 1

DAT

A LI

NK

CO

NN

ECTO

R 1

AA

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

En

gin

e C

on

tro

l

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BAJ 1 J 2,

D AD AD AE B E B

W-L

( *2)

W-L

W-L

W- B

J 7

J 8

,

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

AB

L- R

BR

C

( *2)

* 2

: w/ T

heft

Det

erre

nt S

yste

m

IEC

owl s

ide

pane

lLH

J 4

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

Left

quar

ter

pane

l inn

er

B- L B- L

B-L

From VSC ECU<19- 8>

W

C

GR

JG

R

From VSC ECU<19- 8>From Center AirbagSensor Assembly<18- 3>

From

Cen

ter

Airb

ag S

enso

rAs

sem

bly

<18

-3>

From

Igni

ter

<1-

3>

W- L

15R- W

WFS

E

IW

-L

L- R

From

Cen

ter

Airb

ag S

enso

rAs

sem

bly

<18

-3>

AW

-R

B- LB- L

W-B

A

C29

CO

MBI

NAT

ION

MET

ER 13

GR

CRUISE

*1

LG

R

W

GR

W-L

* 1

: Mal

func

tion

Indi

cato

r Lam

p

BB

-L

2

W- R

W-R

Page 251: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

5 6 7 8

L-R

VC

A12 A 10 11 A 2518 A 15 A A 24 AB14 19 B 11 B 10 BA

2 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)

16E13

1

2

1

2

IG17

E

G

F

13

7 B 2 E 22 E 6 B 5 B 4 B 3 B 1 B 8 B

2 EC1

4 3 2

3 2

1 5

1

1

2

1

3

EC1

4

1

K

M

W- L

W

V

U

T

S

R

Q

P

N

R-W

B-L

27 A 29 A

HTOX

23 A 22 A 17 B

E2

6 A

E2

BR

4 A 5 A 7 A

PSW

18

To ADD

Actuator

<20-3>

+B

P

PTNK

E1

THA

(Cont. next page)

9 B 2 B

E2GVG

ECIntake manifold left

1 EB1 3 EB1 2 EB1

2 4

ME01

3 1

+B

11

BR

D13

4WD

From A/C

Am

plifier<

23-8><

24-4>

3 E

G-Y

W- L

GR- B

W-L

Y-G

R-W

B-W

L-B GG

-YB

R

L- B

L-B

L- B

L-B

B-Y

G-B

G-B

Y

W-G

L-B

W-L

W-L

W- L

B-L

L-Y

R W G R-B L Y B G-Y

G-W

B-Y

W

V

ACT

From Igniter<1- 4>

E

WFSE BATT THA VG E2G E2 THW VTA VC PTNKEVP1 CCV IGT1 IGT2 IGT3 IGF

HT2BOX2B#20 #60#50#40#30#10FCWTC

E 3

EN

GIN

E C

OO

LANT

TEM

P. SEN

SOR

T 2TH

RO

TTLE POS

ITION

SEN

SOR

V 1VA

POR

PRESS

UR

ESE

NSO

R

V 7VS

V (EVAP )

V13

VSV (C

anister Closed Valve )

L-Y

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

9

W

G- Y

R

W- L

G

R- B

L

Y

W- L

BR

KNK1 E1KNK2 E01 E02 E03

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-BG

RB

(Shielded )

(Shielded )

B

K 3KN

OC

K SEN

SOR

NO

. 2

K 2KN

OC

K SEN

SOR

NO

. 1H

4H

EATED

OXY

GEN

SEN

SO

R(Bank 1 Sensor 2 )

BR

W-B

W-B

BR

BR

BR

AC1

BR

W-L

BR

GRB

(Shielded )

(Shielded )

(Shielded )

L-B

BR

BR

E ngine Control

1

, , E10E 9 A B CE11 D, E12

15 E

IGSW

OB- L

B-L

14 A

AF1+

26 A

AF1-

3 2

4 1

A27AIR

FUE

L RA

TIO SEN

SO

R

21 A

HTAF

8 A

E04

W- L

LBW

W-L

W-B

E

B

W- L(*2)

B- L

5 BN2

14 IG1

Y

GR

-BG

R-B

L-R

4 E

MREL

E, E14

* 2 : w/ Theft Deterrent System

AB- L

W-B

W-B

C

D

H

L- R

R- W

W-L

1 E

+B

14 E

SIL

JGR

12 B

NE+

L G

NE-

B21

C 2

CR

ANKSH

AFT PO

SITION

SENS

OR

C 1

CA

MSH

AFT POS

ITION

SEN

SOR

(Shielded )

(Shielded )

G R

G

G R

13 B

G2

(Shielded )

W-B

M 1

MA

SS AIR FLO

W M

ETER

II426

IE34

14 II4

2 IE3

BN24

L-B

L-B

L- B L- BL- B

4 C

2

G-Y

VTA2

II46

3 BN2

3 IE3

G-B

G-B

YY

G- BBR

BR

15 C

4

L

VPA2

10 C

3

GR

VPA

A38

AC

CEL PO

SITION

SEN

SOR

1

2

L-B

L- B

W- L

W- LBZ1

1W- L

BN21

20 B

R-Y

TBP

11 BN2

R-Y

16 II4

5 IE3

R-Y

R-Y

2 BZ1

W- LIE31

W- L

2

1

R-Y

V 8VS

V (Vapor PressureSensor )

G-B

G-B

VPA VPA2 VC

E2

I

BW- L(*2)

LGR

17 E

PI

P22POWER STEERINGOIL PRESSURE SW

2 1

21

AW- R

2

2

24 IG1

8 E

G

+BM

1

2

15AETCS

GW

-R

CBR

Page 252: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

910

1112

2 4

RU

NN

ER

(C

ont’

d)

Cru

ise

Co

ntr

ol

5E

CO

DE

18E

RX

CK

19E

TXC

T

GR- R

R- B

P- B

23

4

IDLe

ft ki

ck p

anel

51

B

W- L

W-L

BR

T 6TRANSPONDER KEYAMPLIFIER

( *2)

(*2)

(*2)

(*2)

(*2)

(*2)

TXC

TR

XC

KC

OD

E

+BG

ND

10E

EOM

IFC

owl s

ide

pane

l RH

A

133E 3E

16

J 9

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

W- B W- B

* 2

: w/ T

heft

Det

erre

nt S

yste

m

G- W

From Park/NeutralPosition SW<1- 1>

B- W

7E

20EFrom Stop Light SW

<5- 4> STP

STA

G- O

6EFrom Combination Meter

<22- 1> SP1

AB-

L

5

4

RES

UM

E/

ACC

EL

CR

UIS

E

SET

/C

OAS

T

CAN

CEL

43

12

R- B

9D

ST1-

S 4STOP LIGHT SW

See Stop LightSystem<5- 3>

CC

S

D22

G

C14CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

34

Y

2C CL+

L

8C CL-

G

31A M-

R

9A M+

BR

17A

GE0

1

21

M+

M-

CL+

CL-

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

T 7

THR

OTT

LE C

ON

TRO

L M

OTO

RAN

D C

LUTC

H

B- L

E 9

E10

,

ENG

INE

CO

NTR

OL

MO

DU

LE

AB

E11

, C

E12

, D

E14

, E

L

12E

IMLD

KSWE

11

Y- R

(*2)

(*2)

To Security Indicator Light[Center Cluster SW]<10- 7>

To Unlock Warning SW<10- 8>

En

gin

e I

mm

ob

ilis

er

Sy

ste

m

25DD

GR- B(4WD)

W- R(2WD)

From 4WD ECU<20- 3>

From A/T Indicator Light SW[Park/Neutral Position SW]<3- 7>

8D

V- W

NE

O

28D

BR- Y

TRC

+

27D

Y- G

TRC

-

19D

L

ENG

+ 18D

P

ENG

-

From

VSC

EC

U<

19-7

>

CII43

BRB

R3D

See ElectronicallyControlled Transmissionand A/T Indicator<3- 2> N

SW

Page 253: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

MEMO

Page 254: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

34

W- L

J 7

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR DD

GR- B

B- L

14IG

1

22

22

MR

EL

B-R

12

See Engine ControlSystem<2- 9>

W- B

2

E4

IGSW

( Con

t. n

ext

page

)3

4R

UN

NE

R

2

EC1

AM2

7

L- R

4AM

1

ST2

IG2

IG1

ACC

2

3E

15

2

W- B

5 3

1 2

E

2

1F10

,

From ” STA” Fuse<1- 2>

NO. 1

E03 A

16

1I4

112

2

AB

E

7

20E

6D

5D

4D

25A

15B

1

18A

11A

19A

AA

3A

2A

1A

1D

21D

14D

6E

E02

BR

NO. 2

See Engine Control System<2- 9>

4A

22B

23B

EBFr

ont l

eft

fend

er

84

7

1IG

1

1

L- B

Ele

ctr

on

ica

lly C

on

tro

lled

Tra

ns

mis

sio

n a

nd

A/T

In

dic

ato

r

A B C D GFE

10A

IGN

2EC

1

21

B-Y

T 2THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR

34

ECIn

take

man

ifold

left

IFC

owl s

ide

pane

lR

H

5B

16 3E

3E22

105

12

A

+BS

1S

2S

LSP

2+SP

2-E0

1

SP1

OD

MS

OIL

WP

WR

NSW

STP

THO

CE2

THW

VTA

VC

L2

R

E1

SL

L-B

120A ALT

30A AM2

20A EFI

1

40A AM1

EFI RELAY

I14

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

6

L- R

W- B

12

W

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

L M

OD

ULE

W- R

E12

IG1

7

B

WB

-Y

BAT

T

GR

-B

L- R W- L

W- B

2 1

D

L-R

L-B

W-LVLG

W- L

V

LG

G- B

B- Y

G

L- B

L- R

A 3A/T FLUID TEMP. SENSOR

E 3ENGINE COOLANTTEMP. SENSOR

L- B

BR

W

BATT

ER

Y

W- B

G- Y

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

W- L

LG

L- W

P- L

W- L

E 2

ELE

CTR

ON

ICAL

LYC

ON

TRO

LLED

TRAN

SM

ISSI

ON

SOLE

NO

ID

V 3

VEH

ICLE

SPE

ED S

EN

SOR

( Ele

ctro

nica

lly C

ontro

lled

Tra

nsm

issi

on)

J 9

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

G-R

Y(4W

D)

G-Y

Y- R

W- R

W- B

17A

L- W

Y

W-B

W- B

11

To Detection SW(Transfer Neutral Position)<20- 1>

D

To Detection SW(Transfer L4 Position)<20- 2>

L- R

(4WD)B- R

(4WD) 2D L4

TFN

E04

8A

J 1

J 2

,

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

AB

, E1

0E

9A

B,

E14

DE

G- R

L- B

20D

OD

LP G- Y

S 3O/D MAIN SW[SHIFT LOCK CONTROL COMPUTER]

5C 2SLT+ R- Y

C11

SLT- Y- B

6

W- B

ME

01

6A

VPA

VPA2

15C

10C3

4

VPA

VPA2L

GR

4C VT

AG- Y

GR

L

2 1

G- B

VC

E2

L-B

G- B

G-B

2

A38

ACC

EL

POSI

TIO

NSE

NSO

R

(4WD)

2

W- R

22

24IG

1 G

12

15A

ETC

S

G

8E

+BMG

, E

11C

See Cruise ControlSystem<2- 10>

9D ST

-

D

25D See Engine Control

System<2- 9>

Page 255: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

5 6 7 8

II1

9 1F

20 II4 4 5 II1

LL

II119 II4 2

2 CB12

3 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)

1D

2 1I

10AGAUGE

3C

D

B

A

15 A

E

F

G

B-Y

Cowl side panelLH

IE

14 A1 C1 A17 E

A

4

3

G- Y

Y(4WD)

B- Y

G- R

W- L

V

LG

B-Y

B-Y B- Y

B-Y

G- R

G-R

W-B

Y G-Y

ECTPWR

A/TOILTEMP.

O/DOFF

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

C23

ELEC

TRO

NIC

ALLYC

ON

TRO

LLEDTR

ANSM

ISSION

PATTER

N S

ELECT SW

[CE

NTER

CLU

STER

SW]

See 4WD

System<

20-1>

NO

RM

PWR

L-Y

B-Y

LG V

W-L

L-Y

W-L

W-R

VLG

12748

3

P 1A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

E lectronically Controlled Transmiss ion and A/T Indicator

RB

RL PL

V

, J 8

J 7A

B

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NEC

TOR

BA

ACAC

G- R

7 1F8 1F

1 II1

3 C4 C6 C7 C 5 C

1D4

1H5

10 II1

5

NL

B-R

W-R

B-R

W-L

B-R

W-R

VLG

LGL-Y

2L DL

L 2 D R PN

A/T P

COMBINATION METER

, C26C25 A C , C27 E , C29 B

B- Y

W- L

A B

To 4WD ECU<20- 3>

To EngineControl Module<2- 9>

W- R

W- R

(4WD)

(2WD)

W-L

L-YTo VSC

EC

U<

19-8>

To VSC

ECU

<19-8>

W-L

L-Y

(4WD

)

Page 256: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

34

2

R- B

AM1

4

ACC

R- B

W

IG1

W- R

R

L- Y

4 4

RU

NN

ER

2

43

21

22

HEAD RELAY

15A DOME

2

2

120A ALT40A AM1

22

1 11

2

W

2

1I2

10A GAUGE

1F5

93D

3D8

B-Y

12

B- Y

3C5

3C8

L- Y

1F3

1E6

L- Y

3 10 LFG

BFG

FOG SW

ON

OFF

1611

13

H

DIMMER SWLIGHTCONTROLSW

TE

LH

LH

FH

U

FLAS

H

HEA

D

LOW

HIG

H

OFF

TAIL

C13

CO

MBI

NA

TIO

N S

W

IEC

owl s

ide

pane

l LH

J 4

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

AA

W- B

78

8

G

V

To Parking BrakeSW<19- 7>

From Generator<1- 3>

I14

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

16

G- B

HIGH BEAM

12A

5E

17E

1E

COMBINATION METER

EAC25 C27,

5

L- B

IFC

owl s

ide

pane

l RH

J 9

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

A

163E3E

20

2

W- B

1C6

1K5

DD 6

J 3JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

4IG

3

4 23

1

2 2

Y- B

DIM

ME

RR

ELA

Y

2

RR

2

Y- B

4

G

G

12

D12DIODE(Daytime Running Light No. 1)

7

GG G G

34

12

3IG

32

IG3

2

7. 5A DRL

1 2

2

3

21 W- GW- G

H 1HEADLIGHT LH

2

10A HEAD(HI LH)

1 2 2

D 9DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 4

10A HEAD(HI RH)

1 2 2

3

21

H 2HEADLIGHT RH

W- B

EB

2

10A HEAD(LO LH)

1 2

2

10A HEAD(LO RH)

1 2

2

2

15A FOG

1 2

2

5 3

1 2

22 2

2

5IG

1

1 2

F12FRONT FOG LIGHT RH

21

F11FRONT FOG LIGHT LH

D 8

DAY

TIM

E R

UN

NIN

G L

IGH

T R

ELA

Y( M

ain)

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

He

ad

ligh

t ( w

/ D

ay

tim

e R

un

nin

g L

igh

t)F

ron

t F

og

Lig

ht

W- G

W- G

BAT

TER

Y

911

W- B

Y- G

R- W

B-YRR-B

R-B L-Y

W- B

W- B

W- B

R- Y

B-R

R-Y

W-B

W- B

B- R

R-GY B-R

B-R

Y

P P

P

W- B

L

L- O

G-W

W-G

R- W

G- W

R- L

FOG RELAY

GR-B

G

G

G

W- B

Fron

t lef

t fen

der

To B

ody

ECU

<10

-14>

W- G

W- G

W-G

W- G

1

W- R

Page 257: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

1 2 3 4

5 4RUNNER

BATTERY

2

50A J/B

1

2

2

1

2

3

4

2 2

W

HEAD

RELA

Y

17 7

HUHL

1316

8

HF

DIM

MER

SW

LIGH

TC

ON

TRO

LS

W

HTEL

FLASH

HEAD

LOW

HIGH

OFF

TAIL

C13COMBINATION SW

3 1J1C7

61C

41J

1K41K5

10AHEAD(RH)

11

10AHEAD(LH)

2 2

2 22

3

211 2

3

R-L

R-B

1F

3C12

G- W

3C 3C11 14

G-W

To Engine Control

Module<

2-9>

G-W

2

To VSC

ECU

<19-8>

R 7STOP LIGHT LH[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

G-W

To Shift Lock Control

Com

puter<15-2>B

1

2

3C15

3C16

G-W

10 IE2 10 IL1

4 BR1

G-W

G-Y

G-W

G-W

G-W

G-W

2

1

BH Left quarter panelinner

3 BR1

2 2

W-B

W-B

G-W

R 8STOP LIGHT RH[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

H 8

HIG

H M

OU

NTED

STOP LIG

HT

S 4STOP LIGHTSW

J14JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

1K2

10ASTOP

L-B

To Body ECU

<10-14>

DD

D

R

J 3JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

R

L-BR

5 E

HIG

H BEAM

12 A

1 E 17 E

CO

MBIN

ATION

METE

R

EA

C25

C27

,

IE Cowl sidepanel LH

AA J 4

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

20 IG1

R-Y

R-Y

L-B

R-Y

R- Y

L- B

R-B

W-R

R R

R

L- B

R

R- Y R- Y

L-B

H 1HEADLIGHTLH

H 2HEADLIGHTRH

W-BW

-B

R- Y

W- B

Power Source Headlight (w/o Daytime Runn ing Light) S top Light

W- R

B

G- W

To TrailerC

onverter<14-4>

B

G- W

Page 258: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

34

G

G

ABBBC

A

2

B

14

2

21E

4

15 IG1

2

A

W- B

AJ

4JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NEC

TOR

Cow

l sid

epa

nel L

HIE

R- G

R- W

Fron

t lef

tfe

nderB

6 4

RU

NN

ER

2

4AM

1IG

1

ACC

2

7

AA

AA

120A ALT40A AM1

12

53

R 8

REA

R C

OM

BIN

ATIO

NLI

GH

T R

H

I14

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

2

TAIL

RH1

2

122

LH

1

AA

10A TAIL

A

16

22IE

2

9BS

1

C13

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

[CO

MB

. SW

]

9BR

1

EB

II4

BHLe

ft qu

arte

r pan

elin

ner

A

1

19

1

OFF

TAIL

2

HEA

D

2

BR1

33BS

1

J14JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

2 1

W

W

B

TAIL RELAY

G

G

W- L

G G G

G

G

F 1FRONT PARKINGLIGHT LH

F 2FRONT PARKINGLIGHT RH

P 1BACK- UP LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

L 1LICENSE PLATELIGHT

W

BATT

ER

Y

W- B

W- B

W- B W- B W- B

W- B

1B5

1F7

3F13

1D1

3F17

6

1D4

10A GAUGE

1I2

20II4

21IE

27

IL1

23

16IL

1

W- L

34

34

B

G

A

G

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

W-L

,

B-Y

J 2

J 1

W- L

G

W- L

W- L

W- L

To Body ECU<10- 14>

C27COMBINATIONMETER

B-Y

G

J 5JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

G

B- Y

B-Y

W- L

R 7

REA

R C

OM

BIN

ATIO

NLI

GH

T LH

R- G

BACK- UP

BACK- UP

R- G

TAIL

R- G

A

B

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

Ta

illig

ht

B

Ba

ck

-U

p L

igh

t

2

1B

ELH

T

J 1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

A

B

To TrailerConverter<14- 4>

G

G

Page 259: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

1 2 3 4

7 4RUNNER

BATTERY

2

120AALT

1

2

1

2

5

3

2 2

2

10ATAIL

2

C B

B A

See Taillight System<

6-1>

TAIL R

ELAY

4 1E

(*2 )(*2 )

G 3

GLO

VE BO

X LIGH

T

1

2

R 6

RH

EOSTA

T

BG

G

3F17

3F12

9

4

3F2

G

S 3A/T S

HIFT LEV

ER ILLU

MIN

ATION

[SHIFT LO

CK C

ON

TRO

L CO

MPU

TER

]

W-G

5

8

3F18

3F7

C23

CE

NTER

CLU

STER

SW

GW

-G

9

8

3F11

3F8

W-G

G

H 7

HAZA

RD

SW 16

15

2

1

2

5 B

10 A

12A31

A/C

AMPLIFIER

A12

A/C

AMPLIFIER

C 5

CIG

ARETTE LIG

HTER

ILLUM

INATIO

N

RA

DIO

AND

PLAYER

(*2 )OR

STER

EO P

OW

ER A

MP

LIFIER(*3 )

BA

R 1

R 2

,

1

2

(*3)LG

(*3)

A22AS

HTR

AY ILLU

MIN

ATIO

N

V

3

2

10

11

6

B 5BAC

K WIN

DO

W LO

CK SW

C28

METER

ILLUM

INATIO

N[C

OM

B. METER

]

1B

G

3F14

1

3 2

T

L E

IE

A

IFCowl sidepanel RH

AJ 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

3F19 3F10 3F16 3D13

3D2020 3F

G GG G G(*5 )

(*4 )

3F6 3F9 3F1

W-G

W-G

W-G

W-G

W-G

W-G

W-G

(*5 )

(*4 )

(*1 )

3D14 3D18

(*1 )G G G G

G

G

G

3F4 3F5 3E20

3E16

W-G

W-G

W-B

W-B

W-B

P ower S ource Illumination

W

2

9

1B5

JUN

CTIO

N C

ON

NEC

TOR

BA

J 1J 2

,

2

1

* 2 : Built- In Type Amplifier* 1 : w/ Back Window Lock SW

* 5 : Automatic Air Conditioning* 4 : Manual Air Conditioning* 3 : Separate Type Amplifier

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

Cowl sidepanel LH

W-B

Page 260: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

34

2

F

1J5

1

10A TURN

ON

50A J/B

RHLH

40A AM1 120A ALT

B1

8 4

RU

NN

ER

1J5

61CTB

4

TL

AM1

IG1

ACC

2

1I2

1F

2

B2

OFF

Y-G

2 1J

54

1 112

22

76

12

IFC

owl s

ide

pane

l RH

3E21

1J8

3E16

2

1

A

1D6

1H12

1D10

1E11

1D5

1H13

1E7

1D9

1D11

1D7

, C29C27 E B

21

21

4IE

13

IL1

TURN SIGNALINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

2

13

E17

B2

B1

A

EBFr

ont l

eft

fend

erIE

Cow

l sid

e pa

nel L

H

11

J 1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 4

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

A

A

21K

2

BAT

TER

Y

A

I14

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

B-Y

TR

TLTB

TR

H 7

HAZ

ARD

SW

FLAS

H R

ELA

Y

C13

TUR

N S

IGN

AL S

W[C

OM

B. S

W]

W

W

W- R

R- B

L- W

G- R

Y- R

G-Y

Y-R

Y-R

Y- G

G- Y

Y- G

Y- G W- B

W

W- BW- B

Y- G

W- B

J 9

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

R 7REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHTLH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

F 3FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT LH

RH

R 8

REA

R T

UR

N S

IGN

ALLI

GH

T R

H[R

EAR

CO

MB

. L

IGH

T R

H]

W-R

F 4FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT RH

W- B

W- B

G- YG- Y

G- Y

G- Y

Y- G

LH

15AHORN, HAZ

3

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

Tu

rn S

ign

al

an

d H

az

ard

Wa

rnin

g L

igh

t

To TrailerConverter<14- 4>

To TrailerConverter<14- 4>

G- Y

Y- GG

-Y

Y-G

Page 261: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

1 2 3 4

3D9

3D6

1F5

BY26

E3

3E16

3E15

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

Cowl sidepanel RH

IF

BY23

2

1

BJ

3 1A

1F3

2

ON

OFF

BU24

2 1I

IL19

E4 12 EE13E17

2 1H

IE15

9 4RUNNER

8

D12

4AM1 IG1

ACC

2

4 1F

7 1A

15A DO

ME

120A ALT40A AM

1

2

7 E9 E 8 E

2

E

8 7

2 2

2

1

1 1

3C

14

6

1F

2

W

15 E

IH1

1E

1

1

2

DO

OR

OFF

1

2

DO

OR

ON

L-Y

L-Y

L-Y

LG-R

21 3E

2 1A

8 1J

16 3E

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

Cowl sidepanel RH

IF

B- Y

1

BATTERY

WL-Y

W

I14IGNITION SW I13

IGN

ITION

KEY

CY

LIND

ER LIG

HT

10AG

AUG

E

Power Source Interior L ight

2

IE29

I17IN

TER

IOR

LIGH

T(Front )

M 3

PER

SON

AL LIG

HT[M

OO

N R

OO

FC

ON

TRO

L RELAY A

ND

SW] (*3 )

P 3PE

RSO

NA

L LIGH

T (*4 )

I18IN

TERIO

R LIG

HT

(Rear )

3C

B12

3C10

IE Cowl sidepanel LH

A

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W-B

W-B

DOORSEATBELT

(*5 )

BR

1

2

L-Y

V 9VA

NITY

LIGH

T RH

W-B

* 3 : w/ Moon Roof* 4 : w/o Moon Roof

11 E

B13BUCKLE SWLH 1

(*2 )W

-BW

-RW

-B

Y-GY

-GW

-B

(*2 )

LG-R

(*2 )

LG-B

LG-R

LG-B

LG-B

W-B

(*3 )W

-B(*3 )

W-B

W-B

(*4)

L- Y

L-Y

L-Y

LG

L-Y

L-Y

L- Y

L- Y

4

1

B- Y

B- Y

B-Y

Y

C24

PASSEN

GER

SEAT BE

LTW

ARN

ING

LIGH

T[C

ENTER

CLU

STER

SW]

B-W

B-R

G-WB

From B

ody ECU

<10-6>

To Door C

ourtesy SWR

ear LH, R

H<

10-5>

To Door C

ourtesy SWFront R

H<

10-5>

To Door C

ourtesy SWFront LH

<10-5>

B19BU

CKLE

SW R

H

A

* 5 : w/ Personal Light

Key Reminder and Seat Belt W arning

(*2 )

16 E

Y-RTo U

nlock Warning

SW

<10-8>

3

Right quarterpanel inner

C27 C28,

COMBINATION METER

E D C29, B

* 1 : w/ Power Seat* 2 : w/o Power Seat

3A13A3

123E

3A2

From C

enter AirbagS

ensor Assem

bly<

18-3>

W-R

(*2 ) W-R

W-R

W-B

W-B

(*1 )(*1 )

(*1 )(*1 )

6 BU2

3

4 IL1

5 BU2

From C

enter AirbagS

ensor Assem

bly<

18-1> Y-GY-G

W-B

W-B

(*1 )(*1 )

(*1 )(*1 )

L-Y

L-YL-Y

W-R

L-Y

(*1 )(*1 )

(*2 )

2

W-B

W-B

L-Y

2

1

G 4

GA

RAG

E D

OO

RO

PENER

L- Y

G arageDoorOpener

W- B(*3)

Page 262: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

34

ACC

3

2IG

1AM

1 I14

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

4

( Con

t. n

ext

page

)10

4R

UN

NE

R

HGFEDCBAB

-Y

W-B Y L-R L

W-B

( *1)

W-B

( *1)

W-B

15A MPX- B

2

50A J/B

2

120A ALT

2

11

1

2

12

53

40A AM1

DEFOG RELAY

2 1

22

22

2

W

BAT

TER

Y

2

15A DEFOG

2

10A MIR HTR

211

22

1A

1B

7B

S1

7BR

1

3IE

1

IG1

9

23

23

B B B B B

11IF

1

22IG

1G- B(*1)

G- BG- B(*1)

G- B

G- B

G- B

(*1)

(*1) (*1)

(*1)R20MIRROR HEATER LH[REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH]

R21MIRROR HEATER RH[REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH]

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

BAR17 R18,

W-B

( *1)

W-B

( *1)

W-B

21

35

PWR RELAY

32

See Power WindowSystem<11- 1>See Moon Roof System<17- 3>

1J8

8

1C4

30A POWER

GN

DP

/W

1K2

1G210A GAUGE10A ECU- IG

20A WIPER

1I2

1F9

15A ACC

1I1

11 1G2 1E

49

109

A10

A13

IG1

L- R

B- Y

L-R

Y

L

W- B

L-R

B-Y

W-R

B-O B-Y

GR

W-R

L- R

B-O

W

R- B

B- O

W- R

L- R

B16

B17

, BO

DY

EC

UA

B

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

Mu

ltip

lex

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n S

ys

tem

* 1

: w/ M

irror

Hea

ter

W- R

12

PO

WE

REC

U-I

GW

IPD

EF

ACC

ECU

-B

15A HORN, HAZ

7HAZ

16IK

1

Page 263: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

5 6 7 8

(Cont. next page)10 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)

* 1 : w/ Mirror Heater * 4 : w/ Power Window* 5 : w/ Daytime Running Light* 2 : w/ Theft Deterrent SystemM ultiplex Communica tion System

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

W- B

W- B(*1)

W- B(*1)

L

L- R

Y

W- B

B- Y

W- B

W- B(*1)

W- B(*1)

L

L- R

Y

W- B(*2)

W- B

2 B

1

(*2 )T 5TH

EFT DETER

REN

T HO

RN

R-W

1H 5

HO

RN

LH

H 6

HO

RN

RH

1

1E8

1

B

B

6 C14

HO

RN

SW[C

OM

B. S

W]

1 A

G-R

1

D16

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY S

WFR

ON

T LH

19 A

1

D17

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY S

WFR

ON

T RH

1

D18

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY S

WR

EAR LH

1

D19

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY S

WR

EAR R

H

14 IE2 8 IL1

B-R

B-R

B-R

B-R

B- W

B- R

B

16 A 15 A

B-W

BB

B-W

B-R

22 A

To Com

bination Meter

<9-1>

G-W

7 B

Front left fenderEB

18 IG1

1

2

A A

A B

W-B

W-B

, J 2

J 1A

B

JUN

CTIO

N C

ON

NEC

TOR

G-O

W-B

E13EN

GIN

E HO

OD

CO

UR

TESY S

WG

-O

5 A

2 A 1 A

DO

WN

UP

BAC

K WIN

DO

WC

ON

TRO

L SW

10 A

RE

AR W

IND

OW

DE

FOG

GE

R SW

REAR

WIN

DO

WD

EFOG

GE

RIN

DIC

ATO

R LIG

HT

9 A

SEC

UR

ITYIN

DIC

ATO

R LIG

HT

3 B

4 A 18 A 3 A 1 B

6 A 7 A A4 6 B

1 3

2

To Power WindowMaster SW<11- 3>

(*4 )G Y(*4 )

3E21 3E16

3E19 3E13

7

10

W-B

(*3 )

A

AA

(*4 )L-W

L-W

CE

NTER

CLU

STER

SW

BA

C23

C24

,

From Engine

Control M

odule<

2-11>

IF Cowl side panel RH

AJ 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W-B

B 5BA

CK W

IND

OW

LOC

K SW

J 5JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

D11

DIO

DE

(Back W

indow)

(*2 )

W-B

W-B

W-B

(*2 )(*2 )

(*3)L- W

W- B

(*2)L

(*2 )L

L

LG-R

LG-B

R-B

R

(*2 )

1H8

13

4

5

M

3(*5)(*6)

4(*6)(*5)

W 1

WASH

ER M

OTO

R

LG

WR

INT

OFF

WASHER

W-B

2

WASHER

ON

EW

12 10 13

C1R+1R

20 A 21 A

GR

-G

GR

-R

P

W- B

C15

REAR

WIPE

R AN

D W

ASH

ER S

W[C

OM

B. S

W]

1

2

W- B

W-B

U 1

UN

LOC

K WAR

NIN

G SW

2 A

AA

A

A

Y-R

(*2 )

Y-R

Y-R

Y-RFrom

Engine Control

Module<

2-11>

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

From C

ombination M

eter<

9-1>

From CombinationMeter<9- 1>

B16 B17, BODY ECUA B

W- B

B-Y

SH HORN HORN SW DCTY PCTY RCTY B/D CTY HOOD SW UP DOWN DEF SW DIND SEC IND WMTR R/W ON R/W INT KSW

(*2 )(*2 )

(*2 )(*2 )

(*2 )

* 6 : w/o Daytime Running Light* 3 : w/o Power Window

Page 264: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M O

VE

RA

LL ELE

CT

RIC

AL W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

9 10 11 12

M ultiplex Commun ication System

(Cont. next page)10 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)

* 3 : w/o Power Window* 4 : w/ Power Window

* 2 : w/ Theft Deterrent System* 1 : w/ Mirror Heater

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H F

E

D

C

B

Y

W- B

W- B(*2)

L- R

L

W- B(*1)

W- B(*1)

W- B

B16 B17, BODY ECUA B

B- Y

Y

L- R

L

W- B

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

1 3

2

D20

DO

OR

KEY LO

CK

AND

UN

LOC

K SW FR

ON

T LH

13 A

12 IF12 IF1

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

1 3

2

D21

DO

OR

KEY LO

CK AN

DU

NLO

CK

SW

FRO

NT R

H

12 A

4 IK114 IK1

11 A

4

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

A

4 B

3 B 2 B

12 A6 A (*4)

DO

OR

LOC

K CO

NTR

OL SW

FRO

NT LH

[PO

WER

WIN

DO

W M

ASTER

SW] (*4 )

AP 7

(*3)

(*3)

DO

OR

LOC

K CO

NTR

OL SW

FRO

NT LH

(*3 )

(*4)

BD

22

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

IE Cowl side panel LH

A

W-B

AA

1 IF2 6 IK1

1H10 1H9

3 IF1 4 IF1

R

R-W

R

R-W

3

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

A

4 B

3 B 2 B

5 A6 A

L-W

5 IK1 15 IK1

R-W R

D23

A,

B

DO

OR

LOC

K CO

NTR

OL SW

FR

ON

T RH

M

1

4 2

3

12 IF2 2 IF2

D24

DO

OR

LOC

K MO

TOR

AND

DO

OR

UN

LOC

K D

ETECTIO

N SW

FRO

NT LH

L-W

R-L

11 12 17 A

3 IF2

P-G

M

1

4 2

3

23 A 14 A

13 IK1

E B

D A D A

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NEC

TOR

BA

J10J11

,

M

1

4 2

3

7 BW1 1 BW1

L-W

LG

M

1

4 2

3

7 BX1 1 BX1

L-W

LG

D B

E A E A

3 BW1 4 BW1 3 BX1 4 BX1

8 B

A

W-B

L- W

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W- B

W- B

(*1 )

(*1 )

BR

-W

BR

-WBR

-W

G-Y

L-B

BR

-W

R

L-B

BR

-W

G-Y

R-W R

R-W

W-B

P-G

L-Y

L-WB

-Y

W-B

L-W

L-Y

B-Y

L-W

R-L

D25

DO

OR

LOC

K MO

TOR

AN

DD

OO

R U

NLO

CK D

ETEC

TION

SW FR

ON

T RH

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NEC

TOR

BA

J10J11

,

B- Y(*2)

B-Y

B-Y

W-B

B-Y

W-B

B-Y

(*2 )

(*2 )(*2 )

W-B

B-Y

W-B

B-Y

(*2 )

(*2 )

(*2 ) D26

DO

OR

LOC

K MO

TOR

AN

DD

OO

R U

NLO

CK D

ETEC

TION

SW R

EAR LH

D27

DO

OR

LOC

K MO

TOR

AN

DD

OO

R U

NLO

CK D

ETEC

TION

SW R

EAR R

H

LGLG LG

L-W

W- B

L- W

L-W

(*2 )(*2 )

(*2 )

LSWRLSWPACTDLSWDUL1L1UL2L2UL3

1H7

14

ACT+

L- W

W- B

W- BW- B

L- W

Page 265: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

13 14 15 16

10 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)

M ultiplex Commun ication System

A

B

C

D

E

FW- B

L

L- R

Y

B- Y

1H6

8 IE1

L-W

5 BR1

L-W

4 BS1

L-W

M

1

42

3

B10

BAC

K DO

OR

LOC

K MO

TOR

AND

BAC

K DO

OR

UN

LOC

K DETE

CTIO

N SW

B-Y

10 BS1

B-Y

BR110

B-Y

11 IE1

B- Y

L- W

6 BS1

Y

BR16

Y

11 IE2

8 BS1

L-R

BR18

L-R

2 IE1

(*2 )W

-B

3 2

YY L-R

L-R

20

L-B(*2 )

L-B(*2 )

7 A

8 IE2

V-W

4 BR2

V-W

5 BS1

V-W

18

V-W

M1 2

11 12

R G

B12BACK WINDOWMOTOR

26

W- B

7

1

2

W- B

1 2B 9

BAC

K D

OO

RC

OU

RTES

Y SW

UP

DO

WN

3

T 4TAILG

ATE CO

NTR

OL S

W

9 10

2

1B11BAC

K WIN

DO

WLIM

IT SW

13

WP

MFURTHESTPOSITION

RETURNPOSITION

STOP

4 6 1 3

5

22 23 24 25

W- B3

BS1W- B

BR13

BH Left quarter panelinner

W- B

W-B

1

6 IE1

L

1 BR2

L

5 BS2

LL

33C

L

L-W

W-B

W-B

G-R

G-Y

R-L

W-B

W-B

W-B

L-Y

L-B

GR

-R

GR

W- B W- B W- B

R19REAR WIPER MOTOR

5

16 IE2

P-B

2 BR2

P-B

3 BS2

P-B

P-B

4

5 IE2

P-G

3 BR2

P-G

4 BS2

P-G

P-G

1 2

K 4KEYLESS BUZZER

B18BACK DOOR ECU

B16 B17,

BODY ECU

A B

15

* 6 : w/o Daytime Running Light* 5 : w/ Daytime Running Light* 2 : w/ Theft Deterrent System

L- W

MPX1ACT-

4 B

TRY

3 B

HRY

R-G R G(*6 )

(*5 )

From TA

IL Relay

<6-1>

From H

EAD R

elay<

5-2>

From D

aytime R

unningLight R

elay (Main )<

4-3>

WIP+WIP-LMT1LMT2LMTWOPNCLSBCTYGNDOPNMCLSMECU- BIG

LSWB MPX1 POWE BZR1 BZR2

B-YB-Y

23C

L

Page 266: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

34

11

4RU

NN

ER

2

50A

J/B

2

121K2

30A

PO

WER3 5

1 21C1

1C2

1C4

1J8

IFC

owl s

ide

pane

l RH

3E21

3E16

A

W- B

IF2

114

IF2

L- R

L L

L- R

10A B

3A BW

1ADU

DD A

27

BPLS

6BLM

T

5B

GN

DE A

47

APU

R- B

8IF

1 R- B

2IK

1 IEC

owl s

ide

pane

l LH

AA6

IK1

1IF

2

W- BR- B

8 12

7IF

1

IK1

17

3B

AU

TO GR- B

18IF

1 GR- B

3IK

1 GR- B

10

2B

SW

L GR- R

9IF

1 GR- R

12IK

1 GR- R11

54

32

1

8APD 9

R- GR- GR- G

W- B

G- B

G- R

G- W

L- Y

LG

1U

LG

2

6DL- Y

1

3LMT+ G- R

4

4PLS

+ G- W

3

2SGN

D G- B

57

9ARLU

R- L

6IF

2 R- L

6B

W1 R- Y

5

DOWN

UP

11ARLD

R- Y5

IF2 R- Y

5B

W1 G

2

1M

2

31

4

DU

SU

SDB

LG

L- Y

P 5POWER WINDOW CONTROL SWREAR LH

P10

PO

WE

R W

IND

OW

MO

TOR

REA

R L

H

13A

RR

U Y

8IF

2 Y

6BX

1 R- Y

5

DOWN

UP

14A

RR

D G

7IF

2 G

5BX

1 G

2

1M

2

31

4

DU

SUSD

B

LG

L- Y

P 6POWER WINDOW CONTROL SWREAR RH

P11

PO

WER

WIN

DO

W M

OTO

RR

EAR

RH

CA

AB

2BW

12

BX1

W- BW- B

W- B

W

W- B

W- RL

L- R

L- R

L

L- R

L- R

LL-

R

L-R

L

L-RL

L

L-R

P 7

P26

,

PO

WER

WIN

DO

W M

AST

ER S

W

AB

BA

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

, J1

1J1

0

P 9

POW

ER

WIN

DO

W M

OTO

R F

RO

NT

RH

P 8

POW

ER W

IND

OW

MO

TOR

FRO

NT

LH

J 4

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

J 9

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

Po

we

r W

ind

ow

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

BATTERY

12

PWR RELAY

See MultiplexCommunication System<10- 4>

SUSD

AU

TOS

WL

+B

Y G

From Diode(Back Window)<10- 6>

M

M

E

P 4

PO

WE

R W

IND

OW

CO

NTR

OL

SWFR

ON

T R

H

Page 267: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

1 2 3 4

W

2

1G10

VR

15AACC

HR

L- R

40AAM1

120AALT

GR

1613

(*2 )

A

Power Source Remote Control M irror

IF1

12 4RUNNER

1I

(*2)

B

HL M+VL

3

AM1

W-B

(*2 )

IG1

ACC

2

I14IGNITION SW

1

Y-B

(*2)

Y-B

GR

IF117 IF115 IF1

14 IF1

LEFT

RIG

HT

UP

DO

WN

LEFT/U

P

RIG

HT/

DO

WN

LH RH LH RH

2

18 IK18 IK1

M M M M

IE Cowl sidepanel LH

IK19

GR- G

LH RH

LG-R

(*1)

(*1 )

(*1 )

LH RH

LEFT/U

P

RIG

HT/

DO

WN

4

UP

DO

WN

4

LEFT

RIG

HT

M M

6

M

IF1

M

5 IF1 13 IF1 8 IK1 18 IK1 9 IK1

(*2 )

IF Cowl sidepanel RH

MH

(*2 )

(*2 )

P-G

1

1

5 8 1 7 6 10 5 8 1 7 6 10

2

2

9 9

1 5 4 1 5

A

1 5 4 1 5

W

(*1 )

E

P-B(*1 )

GR

-G(*1 )

(*1)

P-G(*1 )

LG-R

(*1 ) Y-B(*1 ) W

-B

GR

(*1 )G

R(*1 )

R22REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW(*1)

OPER

ATION

SWSELE

CT SW

Y- B

P-B

(*1 )

P-G

Y-B

GR

-G

LG-R

Y-B(*1 )

MV(*1 )

(*1 )

(*1 )

(*1 )

Y-B(*1 )

MH MV COM MH

R20REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH

COM

W-B

R21REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BATTERY

W

OPER

ATION

SW

R 5REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW(*2)

(*2 )

SELEC

T SW

B

HL HR VL VR M+ E

Y-B

LG-R

P-G

GR

-G

P-B

(*2 )

(*2 )

(*2 )

(*2 )

MV

(*1 )

* 1 : w/ Power Window* 2 : w/o Power Window

COM MH MV COM

P-B

P-G

Y-B

GR

-G

LG-R

Y-B

Y- B(*2)

(*2 )

(*2 )

(*2 )

(*2 )

(*2 )

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

R20REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH

R21REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH

1G11

3B10

3B7

1B9

1B8

Y-B

(*1 )

1B8 3E16

1H1 3E199

1B

(*2 )W

-B

Page 268: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

34

50A

J/B

L

C

1BY

2

P18

PO

WER

SEA

T M

OTO

R( D

river

’s

Sea

t S

lide

Con

trol)

3C1

REC

LIN

ING

FRONT

FRONT

DOWN

VER

TIC

AL

REAR

FRONT

REAR

FRONT

30A

PO

WER

UP4

13

4RU

NN

ER

41C

P17

POW

ER S

EAT

MO

TOR

( Driv

er’

s Se

at R

eclin

ing

Con

trol)

J10

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

3

21K

2

12

IL11

P16

POW

ER S

EAT

MO

TOR

( Driv

er’

s Se

at L

umba

r Sup

port)

BU

21 P1

9PO

WE

R S

EAT

MO

TOR

( Driv

er’

s S

eat

Ver

tical

Con

trol)

1

7

J 9

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

83

26

P21

POW

ER S

EAT

MO

TOR

( Fro

nt P

asse

nger

’s

Sea

t Slid

e C

ontro

l)

P20

POW

ER

SEA

T M

OTO

R( F

ront

Pas

seng

er’

s S

eat R

eclin

ing

Con

trol)

2

W- R

C

5

2

1

3C

2

1M

M

2B

Y2

Cow

l sid

epa

nel R

HIF

21

A

22

L- O

L

L- O

LG

W- B W- B

L

L

W

L

LL

W-B

4

W-R

REAR

L

L- W

22

2

REAR

L- B

M

L- Y

11

1

SLID

E

L- R

M

P15

POW

ER S

EAT

CO

NTR

OL

SW( F

ront

Pas

seng

er’

s Si

de)

5IL

1

2BU

2

Po

we

r S

ea

tP

ow

er

So

urc

e

BATT

ER

Y

REC

LIN

ING

L- R

P13POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(Driver’ s Seat Lumbar Support)

M

85

7

REAR

4

10

9

FRONT

L- W

L- B

M

L- Y

SLID

E

LL

L

W- B

P14

POW

ER S

EAT

CO

NTR

OL

SW( D

river

’s

Side

)

W- BW- B

21

3

3E15

3E16

3C15

3C22

3C18

W- B

W- BW- B

Page 269: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

1 2 3 4

14 4RUNNER

W

22

120A ALT40A AM

1

25A TOW

ING

11

1

2

22

22

WB

2

ACC

IG1AM1 4W B- Y

2

2

20A SEA

T HTR

1

2

L

20 IG1

LL

3

2

6

R-B

4 BY2

IND

R-B

R-B

1

2 3

LOHI

R-G

R-W

2 3

1

W-B

2 BY2

W-B

3C153C19

3C22

W-B

3E16

3E15

L

3

2

6

L-B

IND

3C20

W-B

13 IL1

L-B

3 BU2

L-B

1

2 3

LOHIL-R

L-W

2 3

1

W-B

BU22

W-B

L-B

183C IL1

5W- B

IF Cowl sidepanel RH

A

W-B

8 10

G-Y

7 IE1

G-Y

3

GB

9

G-W

4

Y-G

From H

azard SW

, Turn S

ignal SW

[Com

b. SW]

<8-3>

<8-4>

6 IE3

B

1 IG3

B

6

TRS+

LG

2

TRST

2

TLST

R

1

TLST

1

TLLP

L

4

TLLP

W-B

TRTLSTPTAIL+BB

LOHIEIG

LOHI

B

EIG

BH Left quarter panelinner

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

I14IGNITION SW

S 7SEAT HEATER SW LH

S 8SEAT HEATER SW RH

T10TRAILER SOCKET

S11SE

AT HEA

TER(D

river’s Seat

Cushion )

S10SEA

T HEATE

R(D

river’s Seat Back )

S12SE

AT HE

ATER(Front Passenger’

s Seat Back )

S13

SEAT H

EATER

(Front Passenger’s

Seat Cushion )

T 9TR

AILER

CO

NV

ERTER

L

W- B

W-B

BATTERY

Trailer Tow ingS eat HeaterPower Source

W

E E

From S

top LightSW

<5-3>

From ”

TAIL” Fuse<

6-2>

3

GND

5

GND

Page 270: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

34

SHIF

T LO

CK

CO

NTR

OL

SW

G

2

3C

2

38

1

61E

6

L

7

1

2

24 2

1

P1SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID

BATTERY

L-R

G-W

15

4RU

NN

ER

22

31F

2

3

10A TAIL

IF

1

Cow

l sid

epa

nel R

H

3E

15A

DO

ME

120A

ALT

See TaillightSystem<9- 1>

B

40A AM1

15A

ACC

TAIL RELAY

12

53

51B

CB

153F

2

ACC

IG1

AM1

3 4

G

16

43C

93B

3B8

53B

2

22

111G

22

2

3E

1

4

1

1E

1

12

L-R

B-Y

L- R

W

L- Y

From StopLight SW<5- 4>

B

W

W

(4W

D) ( 4

WD

)

173F

8

I14

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

1

73B

C 4CIGARETTELIGHTER

A

1I1

G-R

Y

IEC

owl s

ide

pane

l LH

W-B

P

W-B

SLS-

G

W-B

J 9

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

W-B

( 4W

D)

W- B

L- Y

W- B

W- B

G

GR

(2W

D)

GR

GR

L- RG- W

L- Y

GG

GR

ACC

E

G

KLS+

IGST

P

AA

W- B

C 7CLOCK

J 4

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

S 3

SHIF

T LO

CK

CO

NTR

OL

CO

MPU

TER

Cig

are

tte

Lig

hte

r a

nd

Clo

ck

Sh

ift

Lo

ck

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

P1 P2P

( 2W

D)

4

3 2 6

5

( 2W

D)

3

1

SLS+

2

P2

10A

EC

U-I

G

41H1I

2

Y

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

BAJ 1 J 2,

34

U 1

KEY

INTE

RLO

CK

SO

LEN

OID

[UN

LOC

K W

ARN

ING

SW

]

AJ

9JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NEC

TOR

W- B

IFC

owl s

ide

pane

l RH

Page 271: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

1 2 3 4

B- Y

INT2

1

B1

A2

40AAM1

120AALT

W

3 B

(*2)A

B2 (*1)

(*1)

(*2)

6 B

2

ACC

IG1AM1 4

16 4RUNNER

2

2

GR

1

2

GR

W

B- Y

1

2

L-R

W

1I2

3A8

1G13

53A

3A6

73A

10AGAUGE

20AWIPER

16 A

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

OFF

HIGH

LOW/MIST

INT

WASHER

+B +S +1 +2 INT1 WFB1 EW

M

BATTERY

M

3E16

20 3E

IF Cowl sidepanel RH

Cowl sidepanel LH

IE

A A

16 7 8 11 2

F 5FRONT WIPERMOTOR

GR

(*3 )(*3 )

GR

W-B W

-B

L-W

L-B

LG

L-R

W-B

L- R

GR 4

3 2 1

C15FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW[COMB. SW]

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

I14IGNITION SW

PW

-B

P ower S ource Front W iper and W asher

17GR

WIPER RELAY

(*3 )

C25 C29,

WASHER LEVELWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

A B

W 1

,

WAS

HER

MO

TOR

(*2 ), W

ASH

ER M

OTO

R AN

DW

ASH

ER LEVE

LW

ARN

ING

SW

(*1 )

AB

1F8

B-Y

12 B

(*3 )

* 3 : w/ Washer Level Warning Light* 2 : w/o Daytime Running Light* 1 : w/ Daytime Running Light

Page 272: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

34

Cow

l sid

epa

nel L

H

A

21

3E3E

16

W- B

21I

IE

E1

W-B

See Headlight System<4- 2><5- 2>

2

ACC

IG1

AM1

4

1A6

120A

ALT

50A

J/B

2

1

10A

GA

UG

E

B-Y

2

2

1F

IH1

I14

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

W

W- R

32

B- Y

W- B

17

4RU

NN

ER

30A POWER

M 3

MO

ON

RO

OF

CO

NTR

OL

REL

AY

AND

SW

40A

AM

1

5

2

21K

Lig

ht

Au

to T

urn

Off

5E

J 9

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

L- R

2 2

2

See

Mul

tiple

xC

omm

unic

atio

nSy

stem

<10

-4>

1

IG

PWR RELAY

IFC

owl s

ide

pane

l RH

W

LS. 2

E

2

M

BATT

ERY

1

17E

LS. 1

9

12B

See Taillight System<6- 1>

67

45

8

42

1

2

A

1J8

W- B W- B

5

R

R- L

1

L- W

W

MO

TOR

+M

OTO

R-

3

J 4

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

NO. 2

NO. 1

M 2

MO

ON

RO

OF

CO

NTR

OL

MO

TOR

AN

D L

IMIT

SW

A

W-B

See Key Reminder andSeat Belt Warning System<9- 1>

E

8

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

Mo

on

Ro

of

1 2

C27

C29

,

CO

MB

INAT

ION

MET

ER

EB

6E

GN

D

W-B

W- R

W

Page 273: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

1 2 3 4

30A AM2

2

2

2

1I4

18 4RUNNER

40A AM1

10AIGN

2

1L3

2

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

AM1

3

E2

6

IG2

7 AM2

5 II4 23 II4

C B

C B

27 B

C

TC

D- D+ P- P+E1

ID

Power Source

IG

2 1

SPIRALCABLE

2 1

W

BR

P-B

Y-B

Y-G

Y-R

BRL GR

W W-R

GR

-B

GR

GRL

B- R

L- R

L

I14IGNITION SW

2

2

1 1

1

BATTERY

IG1 LA

W

J 6JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

A21AIRBAG SQUIB(Steering Wheel Pad)

A20AIRBAG SQUIB(Front Passenger Airbag Assembly)

SRS

2

L-B

2

1

3

5

B-R

2

W-B

2

B-R

L-B

2

W-B

W-B

2

B-R

EBRight kickpanel

IL111

IG117

BJRight quarterpanel inner

Front leftfender

1

2

PWR

OU

TLETR

ELAY

P23

PO

WER

OU

TLET(R

ear )B-R

GR

12 IG1

GR

Power Outlet

15A PWR

OU

TLET

2

1

6 C

PR-

5 C

PR+

21

YY-B

P28PRETENSIONER RH

51 A

PL-

2 A

PL+

21

YY-B

P27PRETENSIONER LH

B 6 B 3 B 19 B

10 B11 B14 B13 B28 B 12 B

SIL

WTo D

ata Link Connector 3

<2-4>

Left kickpanel

2 1

A29AIRBAG SENSORFRONT RH

20 B

- SR

9 B

+SR

2 1

A28AIRBAG SENSORFRONT LH

26 B

- SL

15 B

+SL

1 IG22 IG2

BR-W

B-W

BR

-Y

W-R

W-R

BR-Y

B-R

B-R

1

2

P24

PO

WER

OU

TLETFR

ON

T LH

B-R

1

2

P25

PO

WER

OU

TLETFR

ON

T RH

IE Cowl sidepanel LH

A

W-B

W-B

W-B

B- R

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

+SL +SR - SR- SL

C20 C21, CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLYA B C22, C

1I1

15AACC

1G6

1I2

10AECU- IG

1H4

E A

D B

YY

J 5JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NEC

TOR

BA

J 7J 8

,

5 A

8 D

To Data LinkConnector 1<2- 4>

11 A

LBE+

W-R

To Buckle SW LH

<9-2>

8 C

RBE+

L-YTo Buckle SW

RH

<9-2>

L

4 B- Y

L- B

L-R

1F11

GR- B

GR

-B

SR

S WAR

NIN

G LIG

HT

[CO

MB. M

ETER] D

AC

25C

28,

120A ALT

Page 274: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

34

19

4RU

NN

ER

( Con

t. n

ext

page

)

W

2

120A ALT

30A AM2

112

2

60A ABS1

12

1

40A AM1

2

22

22

W

W- R

B

W- R

1

40A ABS2

2

2

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

AM1

4 67

AM2 I1

4IG

NIT

ION

SW

R

55

13

24M

R2

BM2

+BM

2R

2+ 55

Y- B

R W

P- B

55

13

24M

R1

BM1

+BM

1R

1+ 55

R- B

R L

L- B

55

14

36SR

BS

+BS

R+ 5

5

R- B

B R- B

G- B

F13FUSE BOX

TRC MTR RELAY

ABS MTR RELAY

ABS SOL RELAY

1A R1+

B2

R2+

B18

IG2

19ASR

29A

MR

1

1B

MR

2

5B

SFR

R

3B

SRLR

7A

SFLR

5ASTR

9A

SR

RR

8A

SR

RH

4B

SRLH

21A

SFLH

6B

SFR

H

2ASA

1

3ASA

2

4ASA

3

10BAS

T

8BPL

28A

MT+

18A

MT-

27A

MTT

11APH

G- B

L- B

P- B

Y

R

Y- R

Y- G

LG

G- Y

C2 S

RR

H

L

C4 SR

LH

L- B

C8 SF

LH

G

C10

SFR

H

B- R

C12

SA1

W- L

C11

SA2

W- R

C5

SA3

LG- B

B1

AST

L- W

B4

PL

GR

B5 M

T+

O

B8 M

T-

P- B

B7 M

TT

LG- B

A3

PH

5A

1A

3A

4A

6A

7A

7B

6B

4B

3B

1B

5B

1C

SR

RR

6CSTR

7C

SFLR

3C

SRLR

9C

SFR

R

4ABS

2A

BM1

3B

BM2

2B

PLG

6B

GN

D2

5A

PHG

1A

GN

D1

EAFr

ont

right

fend

er

W- B

W- B

W- B

W- B

W

L

R- B

Y

R

Y- R

Y- G

LGA

BA

B

AA EB

Fron

tle

ftfe

nder

W- B

Y- G

Y- R

R

Y

R- B

R- B

Y- B

GR- B

W-RW

R-B

1K6

10A IGN

1I1

D7

IG1Y

1G3

10A ECU- IG

1I2

1H4

10A GAUGE

1F8

A

D1

WAB- L

18E

ABS

C4 V

SCWV- W

A10

VSC

C6

INDR- W

A3

SLIP

C7

WTL- W

A6

VSC OFF

12B

Y

B-Y

B-R

B-R

B-Y

B- Y

Y

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BAJ 1 J 2,

S 5

S 6

,

SHO

RT

CO

NN

ECTO

R( V

SC)A

B

V10

V11

,

VSC

AC

TUAT

OR

AB

C25

C27

,

CO

MBI

NA

TIO

N M

ETE

R

AE

V16

V17

, VS

C E

CU

AB

BATT

ER

Y

B,

C29

C,

V18

D,

V19

V12

, C

VS

CP

ow

er

So

urc

e

Page 275: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

5 6 7 8

19 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)

A

16 A

FL+

W

R

RL+

D21

18 IE2

R

7 BN2

R

G

RL-

D20

7 IE2

G

6 BN2

G

B

RR+

D19

6 IE2

B

9 BN2

B

W

RR-

D18

17 IE2

W

10 BN2

W

R

FL-

A15

LG

FR+

A14

L

FR-

A13

A 8ABS

SPEED

SEN

SOR

FRO

NT LH

A 9ABS

SPEED

SEN

SOR

FRO

NT R

H

A24ABS

SPEED

SEN

SOR

REA

R LH

A25ABS

SPEED

SEN

SOR

REA

R R

H

W-B

GND4

D16

W-B

GND3

D8

IECowl sidepanel LH

IF Cowl sidepanel RH

A AA

J 9JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

J 4JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

R-W

PKB

D9

R-W

1

R- W(*2)

L

CSW

C26

(2WD

)

1

4

(2WD

)W

-BW

-B

3E14

3E16

W- B

W-B

W-B

P 2PAR

KIN

G B

RAK

E SW

T 8TR

AC O

FF SW

P

SS1+

C14

3

V

SS1-

C23

6

2 1

EES IG

SS1+ SS1-

W-B

Y

L-B

BZ

D22

2

1

Y

V14

VSC

BU

ZZER

S 9STEE

RIN

G S

ENS

OR

E EE

W-B

GND1

A31

W-B

GND2

A6

G-W

STP

D13

G-R

TS

D11

EA Frontrightfender

W-B

W-B

17 II4

G-R

Y

Y

To Data Link

Connector 1

<2-4>

From Stop Light

SW

<5-4>

From D

aytime R

unningLight R

elay (Main )

<4-2>

J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

10 A

VCM

B

1

VCM

22 A

PMC

W

2

PMC

23 A

E2

R

3

E2

24 A

MSS

BR

(*1 )

10 C

GL2

R

5

GL2

1 C

VGS

G

3

VGS

21 C

GGND

B

2

GGND

11 C

GSS

BR

22 C

GL1

W

1

GL1

(*1 )

9 C

VYS

R

5

VYS

27 C

GYAW

B

3

GYAW

28 C

YAW

W

1

YAW2

18 C

YSS

BR-B

19 C

YD

Y

4

YD

(*1 )

2 D

NEO

V-W

4 D

TRC+

BR-Y

17 D

TRC-

Y-G

6 D

ENG+

L

5 D

ENG-

P

5 C

BRL

O

16 C

SP1

GR

-L

3 C

EXI

R-B

8 C

EXI3

B-L

17 C

EXI4

L-R

24 C

CD

P-G

25 C

TF

B-R

3 D

P

L-Y

10 D

R

W-L

15 D

DG

W

12 D

TC

GR

B

B

GR

23 II4

GR

J 6JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

Y 1YAW RATE SENSOR

V15VSC DECELERATION SENSOR

M 4MASTER CYLINDERPRESSURE SENSOR

VSC

From Park/N

eutralPosition SW

<3-8>

To Engine Control

Module<

2-10>

To Com

bination Meter

<22-1>

<22-5>

, V17V16 A B , V18 C , V19 D VSC ECU

* 2 : w/ Daytime Running Light* 1 : Shielded

(4WD

)

(4WD

)

(4WD

)

(4WD

)

(4WD

)

To Detection SW

(Transfer 4WD

Position )<

20-3> To AD

D Actuator

<20-3>

To Detection S

W(Transfer L4 Position )<

20-2> From 4W

D EC

U<

20-2>

To Detection SW

(Transfer Neutral P

osition )<20-1>

To Data Link

Connector 1

<2-4>

To Data Link

Connector 3<

2-4>

1

2

1

22

1

2

1

Page 276: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

34

From VSC ECU<19- 8>

From EngineControl Module<3- 4>

L- R

L- R

BB

BB

AB

120A

ALT

C

20A

4WD

10A

GA

UG

E

131I2

1F8

20

4RU

NN

ER

W-B

2

4AM

1IG

1

ACC

2 40A

AM

1

G- B

G- B

W- B

J 5

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

D

1F7

D

1J1

2

2

From EngineControl Module<3- 4>

B-R

2II1

7II4

P- G

22II4

IND

2

20

P- G

B- R

21

AII4

2

A

21 1

B

20B-Y C

BC

21

21

21II4

4II2

11II4

4II4

21

21

65

3

254

2613

229

G- WIF3E

18

3E16

A

M

12

I14

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

P 1A/T INDICATORLIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

B- Y

W W

L- Y L- Y B- R

14A

B- Y

L- R

F 7

4WD

EC

U

L- R

W

IG

IND

1TL

1TL

2TM

1 G

L- W

L- Y

G

L- W

L- Y

BATT

ER

Y

D 5

DET

EC

TIO

N S

W( T

rans

fer N

eutra

l P

ositi

on)

D 4DETECTION SW(Transfer L4 Position)

W- B

W-B

B-R

4

W- B

W-B

W- B

W-B

W- BW- B

W- B

L

P

L

T 1

2-4

SELE

CT

MO

TOR

T 32- 4 SELECT SW

J 9

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

A/T P

TM2

2-4

GN

D

SPDG- OFrom Combination Meter

<22- 1>

4WD

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

4W

D

6B

12B

B- Y

B3

CENTERDIFF. LOCK

COMBINATION METER

CAC25 C26, BC29,

5II2 38TL

3 L- B L- B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

BAJ 7 J 8,

7II2

6II2

12

12186

W- B

D31DETECTION SW(Transfer 4WD Position)

R- B

Y Y

R- B W- B

D32DETECTION SW(Transfer H4L Position)

P1P2

Cow

l sid

epa

nel R

H

W-B

W- B

R- B From VSC ECU<19- 7>

16

C/C

GR- B

17

D

W- R

To Engine ControlModule<2- 9>

From A/T Indicator Light SW[Park/Neutral Position SW]<3- 7>

J 7

J 8

,

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

AB

3II2

To V

SC E

CU

<19

-8>

From VSC ECU<19- 8>

L- R

5L4

L- R

19 ADDB- L

12II4

B- L

1E

D2G- B

3+B

10 DL1

LG2

II2LG

3ED

2LG

6L1

23 DL2

G- W

1II2

G- W5

ED2G- W

2L2

11 DM

1R

24II4

R

6ED

2R

5M1

24 DM

2B- W

9II4

B- W

2ED

2B- W

1M2

B- L

B- L

B-L

From VSC ECU<19- 7>

From Engine ControlModule<2- 8>

4 GN

D

4ED

2

7 87

GR

DL

C30CENTER DIFF. LOCK SW

CCC

W- B W- B

W- B

W-B

W- B

J 3

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

A39

ADD

AC

TUA

TOR

C

AB

AA

B- R

Page 277: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

1 2 3 4

2 1I

3B72

L

1E6

1G112 1G

3B6

2

21 4RUNNER

3 1F

3

AM1 IG1

ACC

2

* 5 : w/ Tweeter

2

L- Y3C 3C

3C6

15ADOME

FRONT DOORSPEAKER

40AAM1

10A ECU

-IG

15A ACC

120AALT

4 A3 A

8 A 9 A

M1 2

6 2 3

1 1

1

54 1

L- Y

2

2 2

7

8

F 8FRONT DOORSPEAKER LH

TWEETER

(* 5)

L- R

IE Cowl side panelLH

A

10 IF1 1 IF1 10 IK1 1 IK1

1

7 A

2

1 B

(* 5)

3 B2 B6 B

4

1 A

(* 5) (* 5)

5 A2 A

1

6 A

12

1IFRONT DOORSPEAKER

TWEETER

9 BW1 8 BW1 9 BX1 8 BX1

ID Left kickpanel

L-Y2 1 2 1

I14IGNITION SW

B- YL-Y

W

L-YW

Y

L-Y

GR

GR

GR

B- W(*1)

P- L(*1)P

11

B-Y

1G

W-B

V P

V

ANT+

A23AUTO ANTENNACONTROL RELAY

BIG ACC

ANTA ANTBE

ANT

AMP

ACC +B FL- FL+

RL+RL-AMP+

R11REAR DOORSPEAKER LH

F 9FRONT DOORSPEAKER RH

A11AUTO ANTENNAMOTOR

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BATTERY

W-B

Y B

W(*2 )

B (*3 )

R (*2 )

B-W(*3 )

R12REAR DOORSPEAKER RH

W(*2 )

B (*3 )

R (*2 )

B-W(*3 )

W R

BR

GNDRR+RR-

FR- FR+

L LG

L LG

P ower Source Auto Antenna Radio and P layer

* 1 : w/ Auto Antenna* 2 : w/ Power Window* 3 : w/o Power Window* 4 : Separate Type Amplifier

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 13 14 15

P-L (*4 )

V (*4 )

GR

-B (*4 )

L-B(*4 )

BR

(*4 )

L (*4 )

B (*4 )

B-R(*4 )

LG (*4 )

W (*4 )

R (*4 )

Y (*4 )

G (*4 )

AMP+ILL+

ACC +BMUTE

FL+FR+

ANT+ILL-

S. GNDBEEP

RL+ RR+

RADIO AND PLAYER

AMP+

* 6 : Built- In Type Amplifier

ILL+ACC

+BMUTE

FL+ FR+ANT+

ILL-S. GND

BEEPRL+ RR+

R 1 R 2,

RADIO AND PLAYER (*6) OR STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER (*4)

A B

8 9

L-Y

Page 278: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

34

2AM

14

ACC

I14

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

IG1

( Con

t. n

ext

page

)22

4R

UN

NE

R

BATT

ER

Y

2

2

120A

ALT

1I

12

W

40A

AM

1

12

2

W

10A

GA

UG

E

1DFrom VSC ECU

<19- 7>

12B1F

8

B-Y

3D 3E

8

G- O

3E6

3E10

G- O To Engine Control Module<2- 9>

G- O(*1)

G- O

3E5

To A/C Amplifier<23- 5>

To 4WD ECU<20- 2>

SPEEDOMETER

TACHOMETER

2D II4

15

BFrom Igniter<1- 3>

6D

4IE

215

IE2

3IE

2

4D

5D

21

3

F10FUEL SENDER

O

Y- R

BR- B

O

Y- R

BR- B

BR- B

B

FUEL

FUEL

* 1

: Aut

omat

ic A

ir C

ondi

tioni

ng

C25

C26

,

CO

MBI

NAT

ION

MET

ER

AC

C27

, E

C28

, D

C29

, B

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

Co

mb

ina

tio

n M

ete

r

B- Y

See Key Reminder andSeat Belt Warning System<9- 2>

See Interior Light System<9- 1>

See Interior Light System<9- 2>

See Interior Light System<9- 3> E

15D

12

E12

DOOR

E13

E14

E4

E3

SEAT BELT

E16

E7

E8

E9

E11

E6

E2

E5

E1

See Taillight System<6- 1>

OD

O/T

RIP

GR- L

WATER TEMP.

7A ID

BR

II410

1

8A

W 2WATER TEMP. SENDER

Y- RY- R

Left

kick

pan

el

11A

8II4 1

O 1OIL PRESSURE SW

LG LG

OIL

See Headlight System<4- 3><4- 2>

See Interior Light System<9- 3>

ABS

D8

E18

See VSC System<19- 4>

See SRS System<18- 3>

E19

BRSRS

Page 279: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

5 6 7 8

22 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)

CEN

TER D

IFF. LOC

K

3 B

4WD

6 B

(4WD

)

WASH

ER

LEVEL

16 A

(*2 )

A/T O

IL TEMP.

1 A

(4WD

)

O/D

OFF

1 C

CR

UISE

13 B

MALFU

NC

TION

IND

ICATO

R LA

MP

9 B

See Charging System

<1-3>

See Charging System

<1-3>

A5

A9

CH

AR

GE

See Electronically Controlled

Transmission and A/T Indicator

System<

3-6>

See 4WD

System<

20-2>

See 4WD

System<

20-1>

See Front Wiper and W

asherSystem

<16-2>

See Cruise C

ontrolSystem

<2-3>

See Engine C

ontrol System

<2-3>

C25 C26,

COMBINATION METER

A C C27, E C28, D C29, B

Combination M e ter

EC

T PWR

A15

HIG

H BE

AM

A12

TUR

N LH

B2

TUR

N R

H

B1

ILLUM

INATIO

N

L

D10

A/T P

D

2

See Electronically

Controlled

Transmission and A/T

Indicator System<

3-5>

2 C 3 C 4 C 5 C 6 C 7 C

17 E 13 A11 D 14 A

N

R

P

See Headlight System

<4-2>

<5-2>

See Turn Signal andH

azard Warning Light

System<

8-3><

8-4>

See Illum

ination System<

7-3>

See Electronically ControlledTransmission and A/T IndicatorSystem<3- 6><3- 7><3- 8>

IECowl side panel LH

A

W-B

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W-B

(*1 )From

A/C

Amplifier

<23-8>

See Illumination S

ystem<

7-3>

See 4WD

System<

20-1>(4W

D)

4 A

G-W

BRA

KE

* 2 : w/ Washer Level Warning* 1 : Automatic Air Conditioning

EA

1

2

23 IG1

W-B

From V

SC E

CU

<19-7>

E10

O

SLIP

3 A

VSC

OFF

6 A

VSC

10 A

See VSC System<19- 4>

B 2BRAKE FLUID LEVELWARNING SW

G-W

Page 280: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

34

( Con

t. n

ext

page

)23

4R

UN

NE

R

2

ACC

IG1

AM1

4

2 1

B- Y B- Y

W

2

B14

BLO

WE

R M

OTO

RLI

NEA

R C

ON

TRO

LLER

W- B

HEA

TER

REL

AY

2

W- B

W- B

R- W

A

1

W-L

B 6

BLO

WER

MO

TOR

W- B

2

21

35

4

2

J 9

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

2

2

2

BAT

TER

Y

Po

we

r S

ou

rce

2

I14

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

Au

tom

ati

c A

ir C

on

dit

ion

ing

21

L- R

W- B

L- R

Y- R

B-Y

2

AL-

R

7. 5A ECU- B

21K

B-W

B-Y

Y-R

G-B

2

W- G

2

F

EBFr

ont l

eft

fend

er

R-L M

21

HG

R

L-R

ECB

L-R

4

3D

IFC

owl s

ide

pane

l RH

W-L

1I2

Y-R

Y-R A

3

1

W-B

W-B

10A

GA

UG

E

1F5

R-W

1E5

B-Y

W-B

93D

1B4

3 IJ1

2 1

2

40A AM1

50A J/B

50A HEATER

120A ALT

IG1

4IG

111

A A A A

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

J 1

17 3E16 3E

31

42

791

IJ14

D

BBC A

B-Y

L-W

W-L

W- G

W-B

W-B

R-L

B-Y

B-Y

W

W- R

W

L- R

W- L

W- B

R- Y

B- Y

W- B

B- W

J 1

J 2

,

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

AB

E15EXTRA HIGHSPEED RELAY

A32A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH RELAY

R-Y

GN

D

VM SI

+B

2IJ

1

25II4 1

A 2

A/C

MAG

NET

ICC

LUTC

H

4

AW

-B

IJ11

B- Y

W-B

W-B

W- B3B

1

3B2

4 3B

Page 281: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

5 6 7 8

23 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)

Pt

A

F

H

G

D

C

B

13 A

26 A 10 A 23 A 16 B 9 B

VZ

McoolMhot

2

1

G

7 B6 A 4 A 17 A 18 A 19 A 20 A 9 A 8 A 11 A 14 A11 B13 B10 B3 B 4 B 6 B5 B 1 A8 B

1

2

1

2

1

2

19 IG1

26 IG1

GR GR

SG

To Engine Control

Module<

2-8>

M

M

AMC S5 TPTS

1

PT

SGTE

2

TR

32

TAM

2

ACT

1

AC1

4 5

VER1

6 7 8

4 2 6

GND

7 5

AMHDEFF/DFOOTB/LFACETPIAIFPSWBLWFRHRIG+

R- W

B- Y

W- B

R- Y

Y- R

B- Y

L- R

B- Y

W- B

W- B

W-B

W-B

L-Y

L-B

B-LB

-LG

R

GR

Y

GR

YP

BGRW

BYWR

Y-B

P-B

R-L

G-W

G-B

VY-G

O

R-W

B-Y

Y-R

R-Y

R-W O

15 A

SPD

G-O

B

FACE B/L DEFFOOT F/D

-

From C

ombination

Meter<

22-1>

A 1A/C

DU

AL PRES

SUR

E SW

A/C AMPLIFIER

MH

A37AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR

A35AIR INLET CONTROLSERVO MOTOR

+

CONTROLCIRCUIT

A36AIR

MIX C

ON

TRO

L SERVO

MO

TOR

AND

A/C

WA

TER TEM

P. SEN

SOR

A26A/C

AMB

IENT TE

MP. S

ENSO

R

A33A/C

RO

OM

TEMP

. SENS

OR

A14A/C

THER

MISTO

R

A34A/C

SOLA

R SEN

SO

R

A utomatic A ir Conditioning

1

7 A

1

AIR

R-G

4

IJ16

GR

W-R

B-Y

B-R

GR

GRB

Y

GR

B-R

Y

Y

GR

5

TW

A

B- R

5

IJ15G

3

WAR

M

CO

OL

To Com

bination Meter

<22-7>

E

2 B

MGC

G- B

G-B

GR

B

B-R

, A31A30 B A

W-B

Y

MC

GND

TW

BLK5VDPDGNDSWDIG+CLKILL+STXILL-

HEATER CONTROL PANEL SW

M

REC

IRC

FRE

SH

Mfrs Mrec Pt Vz

GND

WR

Page 282: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RUNNER (EWD471U)

M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

34

24

4RU

NN

ER

( Con

t. n

ext

page

)

W

2

120A ALT

12

50A J/B

12

10A RR HTR

12

40A AM1

12

50A HEATER

12

22

22

15

4

23

22

2

HEATER RELAY

2

2

R- L

Y- R

L- R

BB

CA

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

14

W- B

A A A A

EBFr

ont l

eft

fend

er

11IG

1Y- R

W

P

W- R

W- B

WB-

Y

R

B 7

BLO

WER

RE

SIS

TOR

M2

M1

LOO

FF

32

14

L-B

1

64

5

L- Y

L- RH

I

8

B 8

BLO

WE

R S

W

IFC

owl s

ide

pane

l RH

AA

W-B

W- B

W- BY- R

3B2

3B4

3B1

L-B

L- B

12 M

L- R

4IG

1

L-R

L- R

R- L

2

10A

A. C

21

2

21K

7. 5

AEC

U-B

1B4

21I

10A GAUGE

1F5

1E5

O

10IG

1 O

O

21B- L

28

O

B

B- Y

3D9

3D7

3D2

IG+

3 IG+

1 B

6 FRS

B- Y B- Y

L- R

Y- G

1FRS

7 REC

R- G

2REC

3 IG+B- Y

A B C

P B-Y

B-Y

B-Y

L-R

B- Y

B- Y

R- L

W- R

B- Y

4AMC W

2

5AMH R

4

11

S5

Y

6

12

TP

B

7

13

SG

GR

5

14MG

C W- G

25II4

W- G

24ECO

N W- R

12

22OU

T R- W

23

IN

R- W

9ACT L- B

10AC2 L- Y

To Engine ControlModule<2- 8>

I14

IGN

ITIO

N S

W

A36

AIR

MIX

CO

NTR

OL

SER

VO

MO

TOR

B 6BLOWER MOTOR

A 1A/C DUALPRESSURE SW

A 2A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH

A14A/C THERMISTOR

A35

AIR

INLE

TC

ON

TRO

L SE

RV

OM

OTO

R

J 1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BAJ 1 J 2,

J 9

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

A12

A/C

AM

PLIF

IER

Air

Co

nd

itio

nin

g (

Ma

nu

al

A/C

)P

ow

er

So

urc

e

BAT

TER

Y

R- W

1

Page 283: 24 - Wiring Diagram

If you

paid

for th

e con

tent in

this

manua

l – yo

u were

screw

ed!

Downlo

ad th

is an

d more

for fr

ee us

ing B

itTorr

ent!

2002 4RU

NN

ER

(EW

D471U

)

M

5 6 7 8

24 4RUNNER (Cont’ d)

A

B

C

P

B- Y

B- Y

17

G-B

4

FACE

18

G-W

5

B/L

19

R-L

6

FOOT

20

P-B

7

F/D

21

Y-B

8

DEF

25

1

GND

W-B

W-B

2

IF Cowl sidepanel RH

A

W-B

3E16

3E17

W-B

A

25 IG1

P

6 IL1

P

1 BP1

B-Y

2 IL1

B-Y

2 BP1

P

B-O

2 3

1 5

4

L-W

M1 2 1 2

LO

OFF

HI

3

12

L- R

L- R

W- B W-B

W-B

3 BP1

R13REAR HEATERBLOWER MOTOR

R14REAR HEATERBLOWER RESISTOR

A12A/C AMPLIFIER

IL114

W- B

W- B

W-B

L-B

W- B

B

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

R16REARHEATERRELAY

R15REAR HEATERBLOWER SW

A37AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR

Rear HeaterA ir Condition ing (M anua l A /C )